zig

fork of https://codeberg.org/ziglang/zig
Log | Files | Refs | README | LICENSE

nl80211.h (347442B) - Raw


      1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
      2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
      3 /*
      4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
      5  *
      6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
      7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
      8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
      9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
     10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
     11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
     12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
     13  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
     14  * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation
     15  *
     16  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
     17  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
     18  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
     19  *
     20  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
     21  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
     22  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
     23  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
     24  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
     25  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
     26  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
     27  *
     28  */
     29 
     30 /*
     31  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
     32  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
     33  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
     34  *
     35  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
     36  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
     37  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
     38  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
     39  * can actually be identified and removed.
     40  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
     41  */
     42 
     43 #include <linux/types.h>
     44 
     45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
     46 
     47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
     48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
     49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
     50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
     51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
     52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
     53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
     54 
     55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
     56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
     57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
     58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
     59 
     60 /**
     61  * DOC: Station handling
     62  *
     63  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
     64  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
     65  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
     66  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
     67  * to.
     68  *
     69  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
     70  * capabilities.
     71  *
     72  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
     73  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
     74  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
     75  *    or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
     76  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
     77  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
     78  *    time mark it authorized.
     79  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
     80  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
     81  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
     82  *
     83  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
     84  */
     85 
     86 /**
     87  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
     88  *
     89  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
     90  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
     91  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
     92  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
     93  * for various reasons.
     94  *
     95  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
     96  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
     97  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
     98  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
     99  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
    100  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
    101  * for doing that.
    102  *
    103  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
    104  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
    105  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
    106  *
    107  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
    108  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
    109  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
    110  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
    111  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
    112  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
    113  *
    114  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
    115  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
    116  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
    117  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
    118  *
    119  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
    120  * below.
    121  */
    122 
    123 /**
    124  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
    125  *
    126  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
    127  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
    128  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
    129  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
    130  *
    131  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
    132  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
    133  * types there no concurrency is implied.
    134  *
    135  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
    136  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
    137  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
    138  * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
    139  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
    140  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
    141  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
    142  *
    143  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
    144  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
    145  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
    146  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
    147  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
    148  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
    149  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
    150  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
    151  *
    152  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
    153  * interfaces that a given device supports.
    154  */
    155 
    156 /**
    157  * DOC: packet coalesce support
    158  *
    159  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
    160  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
    161  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
    162  * and power consumption.
    163  *
    164  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
    165  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
    166  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
    167  * following events occurs.
    168  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
    169  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
    170  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
    171  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
    172  *
    173  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
    174  * rule.
    175  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
    176  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
    177  * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
    178  * Multiple such rules can be created.
    179  */
    180 
    181 /**
    182  * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
    183  *
    184  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
    185  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
    186  * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
    187  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
    188  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
    189  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
    190  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
    191  *
    192  * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
    193  * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
    194  * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
    195  * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
    196  * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
    197  * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
    198  * not present.
    199  *
    200  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
    201  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
    202  * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
    203  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
    204  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
    205  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
    206  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
    207  *
    208  * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
    209  * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
    210  * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
    211  */
    212 
    213 /**
    214  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
    215  *
    216  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
    217  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
    218  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
    219  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
    220  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
    221  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
    222  * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
    223  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
    224  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
    225  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
    226  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
    227  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
    228  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
    229  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
    230  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
    231  *
    232  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
    233  * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
    234  * up a connection or after roaming.
    235  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
    236  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
    237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
    238  *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
    239  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
    240  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
    241  *
    242  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
    243  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
    244  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
    245  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
    246  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
    247  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
    248  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
    249  */
    250 
    251 /**
    252  * DOC: SAE authentication offload
    253  *
    254  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
    255  * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
    256  * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
    257  * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
    258  *
    259  * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
    260  * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
    261  * respectively.
    262  */
    263 
    264 /**
    265  * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
    266  *
    267  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
    268  * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
    269  * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
    270  * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
    271  * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
    272  * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
    273  * that main netdev.
    274  *
    275  * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
    276  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
    277  * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
    278  */
    279 
    280 /**
    281  * DOC: TID configuration
    282  *
    283  * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
    284  * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
    285  *
    286  * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
    287  * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
    288  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
    289  *
    290  * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
    291  * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
    292  * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
    293  * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
    294  * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
    295  * will be overwritten.
    296  *
    297  * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
    298  * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
    299  * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
    300  * the interface goes down.
    301  */
    302 
    303 /**
    304  * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
    305  *
    306  * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
    307  *
    308  * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
    309  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
    310  * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
    311  * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
    312  * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
    313  *
    314  * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
    315  * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
    316  * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
    317  * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
    318  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
    319  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
    320  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
    321  *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
    322  *
    323  * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
    324  */
    325 
    326 /**
    327  * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
    328  *
    329  * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
    330  * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
    331  * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
    332  * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
    333  * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
    334  * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
    335  */
    336 
    337 /**
    338  * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
    339  *
    340  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
    341  * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
    342  * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
    343  * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
    344  */
    345 
    346 /**
    347  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
    348  *
    349  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
    350  *
    351  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
    352  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
    353  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
    354  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
    355  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
    356  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
    357  *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
    358  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
    359  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
    360  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
    361  *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
    362  *	compatibility only.
    363  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
    364  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
    365  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
    366  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
    367  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
    368  *
    369  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
    370  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
    371  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
    372  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
    373  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
    374  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
    375  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
    376  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
    377  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
    378  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
    379  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
    380  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
    381  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
    382  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
    383  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
    384  *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
    385  *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
    386  *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
    387  *
    388  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
    389  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
    390  *	represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
    391  *	the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
    392  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
    393  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
    394  *	For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
    395  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
    396  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
    397  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
    398  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
    399  *	peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
    400  *	group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
    401  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
    402  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
    403  *	for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
    404  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
    405  *
    406  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
    407  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
    408  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
    409  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
    410  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
    411  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
    412  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
    413  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
    414  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
    415  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
    416  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
    417  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
    418  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
    419  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
    420  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
    421  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
    422  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
    423  *	attributes determining channel width.
    424  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
    425  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
    426  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
    427  *
    428  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
    429  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    430  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
    431  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    432  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
    433  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    434  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
    435  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
    436  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
    437  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
    438  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
    439  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
    440  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
    441  *	frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove
    442  *	stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links.
    443  *
    444  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
    445  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
    446  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    447  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
    448  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
    449  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    450  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
    451  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
    452  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
    453  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
    454  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
    455  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
    456  *
    457  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
    458  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
    459  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
    460  *	global regdomain will be returned.
    461  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
    462  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
    463  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
    464  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
    465  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
    466  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
    467  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
    468  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
    469  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
    470  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
    471  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
    472  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
    473  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
    474  *	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
    475  *	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
    476  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
    477  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
    478  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
    479  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
    480  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
    481  *	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
    482  *	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
    483  *
    484  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
    485  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
    486  *
    487  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
    488  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
    489  *
    490  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
    491  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
    492  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
    493  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
    494  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
    495  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
    496  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
    497  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
    498  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
    499  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
    500  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
    501  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
    502  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
    503  *
    504  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
    505  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
    506  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
    507  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
    508  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
    509  *	be used.
    510  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
    511  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
    512  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
    513  *	partial scan results may be available
    514  *
    515  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
    516  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
    517  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
    518  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
    519  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
    520  *	These attributes are mutually exclusive,
    521  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
    522  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
    523  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
    524  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
    525  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
    526  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
    527  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
    528  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
    529  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
    530  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
    531  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
    532  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
    533  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
    534  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
    535  *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
    536  *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
    537  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
    538  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
    539  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
    540  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
    541  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
    542  *	results available.
    543  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
    544  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
    545  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
    546  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
    547  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
    548  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
    549  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
    550  *
    551  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
    552  *      or noise level
    553  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
    554  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
    555  *
    556  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
    557  *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
    558  *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
    559  *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
    560  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
    561  *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
    562  *	advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
    563  *	ESS.
    564  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
    565  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
    566  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
    567  *	authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
    568  *	PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
    569  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
    570  *
    571  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
    572  *	has been changed and provides details of the request information
    573  *	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
    574  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
    575  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
    576  *	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
    577  *	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
    578  *	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
    579  *	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
    580  *	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
    581  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
    582  *	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
    583  *	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
    584  *	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
    585  *	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
    586  *	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
    587  *	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
    588  *	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
    589  *	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
    590  *	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
    591  *	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
    592  *	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
    593  *	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
    594  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
    595  *	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
    596  *	the beacon hint was processed.
    597  *
    598  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
    599  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
    600  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
    601  *	authentication process.
    602  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
    603  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
    604  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
    605  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
    606  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
    607  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
    608  *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
    609  *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
    610  *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
    611  *	to the frame.
    612  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
    613  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
    614  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
    615  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
    616  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
    617  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
    618  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
    619  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
    620  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
    621  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
    622  *	pending authentication timed out).
    623  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
    624  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
    625  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
    626  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
    627  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
    628  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
    629  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
    630  *	included).
    631  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
    632  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
    633  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
    634  *	primitives).
    635  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
    636  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
    637  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
    638  *
    639  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
    640  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
    641  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
    642  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
    643  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
    644  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
    645  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
    646  *
    647  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
    648  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
    649  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
    650  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
    651  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
    652  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
    653  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
    654  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
    655  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
    656  *	determined by the network interface.
    657  *
    658  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
    659  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
    660  *	to the driver.
    661  *
    662  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
    663  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
    664  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
    665  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
    666  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
    667  *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
    668  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
    669  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
    670  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
    671  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
    672  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
    673  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
    674  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
    675  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
    676  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
    677  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
    678  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
    679  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
    680  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
    681  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
    682  *	Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
    683  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
    684  *	included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
    685  *	space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
    686  *	up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
    687  *	userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
    688  *	driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
    689  *	has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
    690  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
    691  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
    692  *	a different BSS is desired.
    693  *	Background scan period can optionally be
    694  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
    695  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
    696  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
    697  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
    698  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
    699  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
    700  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
    701  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
    702  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
    703  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
    704  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
    705  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
    706  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
    707  *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
    708  *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
    709  *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
    710  *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
    711  *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
    712  *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
    713  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
    714  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
    715  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
    716  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
    717  *
    718  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
    719  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
    720  *
    721  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
    722  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
    723  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
    724  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
    725  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
    726  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
    727  *	frequency for the operation.
    728  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
    729  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
    730  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
    731  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
    732  *	radio).
    733  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
    734  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
    735  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
    736  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
    737  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
    738  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
    739  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
    740  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
    741  *	uniquely identify the request.
    742  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
    743  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
    744  *
    745  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
    746  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
    747  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
    748  *
    749  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
    750  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
    751  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
    752  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
    753  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
    754  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
    755  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
    756  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
    757  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
    758  *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
    759  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
    760  *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
    761  *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
    762  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
    763  *	backward compatibility
    764  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
    765  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
    766  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
    767  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
    768  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
    769  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
    770  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
    771  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
    772  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
    773  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
    774  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
    775  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
    776  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
    777  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
    778  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
    779  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
    780  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
    781  *	is used during CSA period.
    782  *	For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
    783  *	specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
    784  *	in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
    785  *	lower layers.
    786  *	For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
    787  *	indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
    788  *	be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
    789  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
    790  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
    791  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
    792  *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
    793  *	wait time.
    794  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
    795  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
    796  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
    797  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
    798  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
    799  *	the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
    800  *	tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
    801  *	indicate the ack RX timestamp.
    802  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
    803  *	backward compatibility.
    804  *
    805  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
    806  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
    807  *
    808  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
    809  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
    810  *	levels.
    811  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
    812  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
    813  *	reached.
    814  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
    815  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
    816  *	(identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
    817  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
    818  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
    819  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
    820  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
    821  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
    822  *	precedence when they are used.
    823  *
    824  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
    825  *	(no longer supported).
    826  *
    827  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
    828  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
    829  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
    830  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
    831  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
    832  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
    833  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
    834  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
    835  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
    836  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
    837  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
    838  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
    839  *	command, the feature is disabled.
    840  *
    841  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
    842  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
    843  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
    844  *	network is determined by the network interface.
    845  *
    846  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
    847  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
    848  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
    849  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
    850  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
    851  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
    852  *
    853  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
    854  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
    855  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
    856  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
    857  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
    858  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
    859  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
    860  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
    861  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
    862  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
    863  *      depending on the authentication result.
    864  *
    865  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
    866  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
    867  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
    868  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
    869  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
    870  *	more background information, see
    871  *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
    872  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
    873  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
    874  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
    875  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
    876  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
    877  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
    878  *
    879  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
    880  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
    881  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
    882  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
    883  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
    884  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
    885  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
    886  *
    887  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
    888  *	of PMKSA caching candidates.
    889  *
    890  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
    891  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
    892  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
    893  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
    894  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
    895  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
    896  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
    897  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
    898  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
    899  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
    900  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
    901  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
    902  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
    903  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
    904  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
    905  *
    906  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
    907  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
    908  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
    909  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
    910  *	is received.
    911  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
    912  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
    913  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
    914  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
    915  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
    916  *
    917  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
    918  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
    919  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
    920  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
    921  *
    922  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
    923  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
    924  *	acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
    925  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
    926  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
    927  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
    928  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
    929  *
    930  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
    931  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
    932  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
    933  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
    934  *
    935  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
    936  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
    937  *
    938  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
    939  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
    940  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
    941  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
    942  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
    943  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
    944  *
    945  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
    946  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
    947  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
    948  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
    949  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
    950  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
    951  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
    952  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
    953  *
    954  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
    955  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
    956  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
    957  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
    958  *	public action frame TX.
    959  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
    960  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
    961  *
    962  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
    963  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
    964  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
    965  *	is used for this.
    966  *
    967  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
    968  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
    969  *
    970  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
    971  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
    972  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
    973  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
    974  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
    975  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
    976  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
    977  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
    978  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
    979  *
    980  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
    981  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
    982  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
    983  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
    984  *	while operating on this channel.
    985  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
    986  *	event.
    987  *
    988  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
    989  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
    990  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
    991  *
    992  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
    993  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
    994  *
    995  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
    996  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
    997  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
    998  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
    999  *
   1000  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
   1001  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
   1002  *	complete.
   1003  *
   1004  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
   1005  *	return back to normal.
   1006  *
   1007  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
   1008  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
   1009  *
   1010  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
   1011  *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
   1012  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
   1013  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
   1014  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
   1015  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
   1016  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
   1017  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
   1018  *	switch is complete.
   1019  *
   1020  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
   1021  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
   1022  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
   1023  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
   1024  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
   1025  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
   1026  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
   1027  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
   1028  *
   1029  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
   1030  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
   1031  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
   1032  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
   1033  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
   1034  *
   1035  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
   1036  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
   1037  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
   1038  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
   1039  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
   1040  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
   1041  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
   1042  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
   1043  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
   1044  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
   1045  *	fail even if the check was successful.
   1046  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
   1047  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
   1048  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
   1049  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
   1050  *
   1051  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
   1052  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
   1053  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   1054  *
   1055  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
   1056  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
   1057  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
   1058  *	network is determined by the network interface.
   1059  *
   1060  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
   1061  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
   1062  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
   1063  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
   1064  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
   1065  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
   1066  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
   1067  *	AP.
   1068  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
   1069  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
   1070  *	when this command completes.
   1071  *
   1072  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
   1073  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
   1074  *	management.
   1075  *
   1076  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
   1077  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
   1078  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
   1079  *
   1080  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
   1081  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
   1082  *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
   1083  *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
   1084  *	cluster. This command must have a valid
   1085  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
   1086  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
   1087  *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
   1088  *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
   1089  *	added.
   1090  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
   1091  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
   1092  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
   1093  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
   1094  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
   1095  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
   1096  *	of the function upon success.
   1097  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
   1098  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
   1099  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
   1100  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
   1101  *	which just terminated.
   1102  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
   1103  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
   1104  *	the response to this command.
   1105  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
   1106  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
   1107  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
   1108  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
   1109  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
   1110  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
   1111  *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
   1112  *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
   1113  *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
   1114  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
   1115  *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
   1116  *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
   1117  *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
   1118  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
   1119  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
   1120  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
   1121  *
   1122  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
   1123  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
   1124  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
   1125  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
   1126  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
   1127  *
   1128  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
   1129  *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
   1130  *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
   1131  *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
   1132  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
   1133  *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
   1134  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
   1135  * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
   1136  *	open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
   1137  *	with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
   1138  *	client MAC address.
   1139  *	Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
   1140  *	STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
   1141  *	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
   1142  *	handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
   1143  *	4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
   1144  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
   1145  *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
   1146  *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
   1147  *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
   1148  *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
   1149  *	802.11 headers.
   1150  *	For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
   1151  *	its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
   1152  *	to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
   1153  *	the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
   1154  *	the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
   1155  *	address of that link.
   1156  *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
   1157  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
   1158  *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
   1159  *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
   1160  *
   1161  * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
   1162  *
   1163  * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
   1164  *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
   1165  *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
   1166  *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
   1167  *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
   1168  *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
   1169  *
   1170  *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
   1171  *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
   1172  *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
   1173  *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
   1174  *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
   1175  *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
   1176  *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
   1177  *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
   1178  *	command interface.
   1179  *
   1180  *	Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
   1181  *	%NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
   1182  *	during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
   1183  *	APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
   1184  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
   1185  *	MLO during the authentication offload or not.
   1186  *	User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
   1187  *	receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
   1188  *	space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
   1189  *	doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
   1190  *	User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
   1191  *	interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
   1192  *	address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
   1193  *	BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
   1194  *	MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
   1195  *	authentication.
   1196  *
   1197  *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
   1198  *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
   1199  *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
   1200  *
   1201  * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
   1202  *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
   1203  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
   1204  *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
   1205  *
   1206  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
   1207  *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
   1208  *
   1209  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
   1210  *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
   1211  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
   1212  *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
   1213  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
   1214  *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
   1215  *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
   1216  *	the netlink extended ack message.
   1217  *
   1218  *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
   1219  *
   1220  *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
   1221  *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
   1222  *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
   1223  *	buffer size.
   1224  *
   1225  *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
   1226  *	multiple concurrent measurements.
   1227  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
   1228  *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
   1229  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
   1230  *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
   1231  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
   1232  *
   1233  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
   1234  *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
   1235  *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
   1236  *	determining the width and type.
   1237  *
   1238  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
   1239  *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
   1240  *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
   1241  *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
   1242  *
   1243  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
   1244  *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
   1245  *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
   1246  *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
   1247  *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
   1248  *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
   1249  *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
   1250  *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
   1251  *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
   1252  *	rate selection.
   1253  *
   1254  *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
   1255  *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
   1256  *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
   1257  *
   1258  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
   1259  *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
   1260  *
   1261  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
   1262  *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
   1263  *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
   1264  *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
   1265  *
   1266  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
   1267  *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
   1268  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
   1269  *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
   1270  *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
   1271  *
   1272  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
   1273  *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
   1274  *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
   1275  *
   1276  * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
   1277  *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
   1278  *
   1279  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
   1280  *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
   1281  *
   1282  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
   1283  *	started
   1284  *
   1285  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
   1286  *	been aborted
   1287  *
   1288  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
   1289  *	has completed
   1290  *
   1291  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
   1292  *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
   1293  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
   1294  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
   1295  *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
   1296  *
   1297  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
   1298  *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
   1299  *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
   1300  *      specify the timeout value.
   1301  *
   1302  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
   1303  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
   1304  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
   1305  *	without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
   1306  *	in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
   1307  *
   1308  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
   1309  * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
   1310  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
   1311  *
   1312  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
   1313  *	measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
   1314  *	is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
   1315  *	specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
   1316  *	all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
   1317  *	address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
   1318  *	HW timestamping.
   1319  *	The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
   1320  *	is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
   1321  *
   1322  * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
   1323  *	setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
   1324  *	Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
   1325  *	information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
   1326  *
   1327  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
   1328  *      non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
   1329  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
   1330  *      TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
   1331  *
   1332  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
   1333  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   1334  */
   1335 enum nl80211_commands {
   1336 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
   1337 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
   1338 
   1339 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
   1340 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
   1341 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
   1342 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
   1343 
   1344 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
   1345 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
   1346 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
   1347 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
   1348 
   1349 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
   1350 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
   1351 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
   1352 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
   1353 
   1354 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
   1355 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
   1356 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
   1357 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
   1358 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
   1359 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
   1360 
   1361 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
   1362 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
   1363 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
   1364 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
   1365 
   1366 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
   1367 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
   1368 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
   1369 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
   1370 
   1371 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
   1372 
   1373 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
   1374 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
   1375 
   1376 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
   1377 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
   1378 
   1379 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
   1380 
   1381 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
   1382 
   1383 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
   1384 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
   1385 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
   1386 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
   1387 
   1388 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
   1389 
   1390 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
   1391 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
   1392 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
   1393 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
   1394 
   1395 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
   1396 
   1397 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
   1398 
   1399 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
   1400 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
   1401 
   1402 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
   1403 
   1404 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
   1405 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
   1406 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
   1407 
   1408 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
   1409 
   1410 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
   1411 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
   1412 
   1413 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
   1414 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
   1415 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
   1416 
   1417 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
   1418 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
   1419 
   1420 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
   1421 
   1422 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
   1423 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
   1424 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
   1425 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
   1426 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
   1427 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
   1428 
   1429 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
   1430 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
   1431 
   1432 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
   1433 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
   1434 
   1435 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
   1436 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
   1437 
   1438 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
   1439 
   1440 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
   1441 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
   1442 
   1443 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
   1444 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
   1445 
   1446 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
   1447 
   1448 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
   1449 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
   1450 
   1451 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
   1452 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
   1453 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
   1454 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
   1455 
   1456 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
   1457 
   1458 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
   1459 
   1460 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
   1461 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
   1462 
   1463 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
   1464 
   1465 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
   1466 
   1467 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
   1468 
   1469 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
   1470 
   1471 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
   1472 
   1473 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
   1474 
   1475 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
   1476 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
   1477 
   1478 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
   1479 
   1480 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
   1481 
   1482 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
   1483 
   1484 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
   1485 
   1486 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
   1487 
   1488 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
   1489 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
   1490 
   1491 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
   1492 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
   1493 
   1494 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
   1495 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
   1496 
   1497 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
   1498 
   1499 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
   1500 
   1501 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
   1502 
   1503 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
   1504 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
   1505 
   1506 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
   1507 
   1508 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
   1509 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
   1510 
   1511 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
   1512 
   1513 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
   1514 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
   1515 
   1516 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
   1517 
   1518 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
   1519 
   1520 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
   1521 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
   1522 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
   1523 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
   1524 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
   1525 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
   1526 
   1527 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
   1528 
   1529 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
   1530 
   1531 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
   1532 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
   1533 
   1534 	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
   1535 
   1536 	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
   1537 
   1538 	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
   1539 
   1540 	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
   1541 
   1542 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
   1543 
   1544 	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
   1545 
   1546 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
   1547 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
   1548 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
   1549 
   1550 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
   1551 
   1552 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
   1553 
   1554 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
   1555 
   1556 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
   1557 
   1558 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
   1559 
   1560 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
   1561 
   1562 	NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
   1563 
   1564 	NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
   1565 
   1566 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
   1567 
   1568 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
   1569 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
   1570 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
   1571 
   1572 	NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
   1573 
   1574 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
   1575 
   1576 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
   1577 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
   1578 
   1579 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
   1580 	NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
   1581 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
   1582 
   1583 	NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
   1584 
   1585 	NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
   1586 
   1587 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING,
   1588 
   1589 	/* add new commands above here */
   1590 
   1591 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
   1592 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
   1593 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
   1594 };
   1595 
   1596 /*
   1597  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
   1598  * here
   1599  */
   1600 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
   1601 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
   1602 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
   1603 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
   1604 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
   1605 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
   1606 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
   1607 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
   1608 
   1609 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
   1610 
   1611 /* source-level API compatibility */
   1612 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
   1613 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
   1614 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
   1615 
   1616 /**
   1617  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
   1618  *
   1619  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
   1620  *
   1621  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
   1622  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
   1623  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
   1624  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
   1625  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
   1626  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
   1627  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
   1628  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   1629  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
   1630  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
   1631  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
   1632  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
   1633  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
   1634  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
   1635  *	operating channel center frequency.
   1636  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
   1637  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
   1638  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
   1639  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
   1640  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
   1641  *		this attribute)
   1642  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
   1643  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
   1644  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
   1645  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
   1646  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
   1647  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
   1648  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
   1649  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
   1650  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
   1651  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
   1652  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
   1653  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
   1654  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
   1655  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
   1656  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
   1657  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
   1658  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
   1659  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
   1660  *
   1661  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
   1662  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
   1663  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
   1664  *
   1665  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
   1666  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
   1667  *
   1668  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
   1669  *
   1670  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
   1671  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
   1672  *	keys
   1673  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
   1674  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
   1675  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
   1676  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
   1677  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
   1678  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
   1679  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
   1680  *	default management key
   1681  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
   1682  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
   1683  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
   1684  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
   1685  *
   1686  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
   1687  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
   1688  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
   1689  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
   1690  *
   1691  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
   1692  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
   1693  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
   1694  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
   1695  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
   1696  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
   1697  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
   1698  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
   1699  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
   1700  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
   1701  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
   1702  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
   1703  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
   1704  *
   1705  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
   1706  *	consisting of a nested array.
   1707  *
   1708  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
   1709  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
   1710  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
   1711  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
   1712  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
   1713  *	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
   1714  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
   1715  *
   1716  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
   1717  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
   1718  *
   1719  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
   1720  *	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
   1721  *	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
   1722  *	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
   1723  *	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
   1724  *	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
   1725  *	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
   1726  *	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
   1727  *	to a specific alpha2.
   1728  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
   1729  *	rules.
   1730  *
   1731  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
   1732  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
   1733  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
   1734  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
   1735  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
   1736  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
   1737  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
   1738  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
   1739  *
   1740  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
   1741  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
   1742  *
   1743  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
   1744  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
   1745  *	of the interface mode.
   1746  *
   1747  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
   1748  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
   1749  *
   1750  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
   1751  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
   1752  *
   1753  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
   1754  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
   1755  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
   1756  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
   1757  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
   1758  *	that can be added to a scan request
   1759  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
   1760  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
   1761  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
   1762  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
   1763  *
   1764  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
   1765  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
   1766  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
   1767  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
   1768  *
   1769  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
   1770  *	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
   1771  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
   1772  *	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
   1773  *
   1774  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
   1775  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
   1776  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
   1777  *
   1778  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
   1779  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
   1780  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
   1781  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
   1782  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
   1783  *	represented as a u32
   1784  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
   1785  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
   1786  *
   1787  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
   1788  *	a u32
   1789  *
   1790  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
   1791  *	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
   1792  *	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
   1793  *	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
   1794  *	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
   1795  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
   1796  *	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
   1797  *	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
   1798  *	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
   1799  *	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
   1800  *
   1801  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
   1802  *	cipher suites
   1803  *
   1804  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
   1805  *	for other networks on different channels
   1806  *
   1807  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
   1808  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
   1809  *
   1810  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
   1811  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
   1812  *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
   1813  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
   1814  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
   1815  *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
   1816  *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
   1817  *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
   1818  *
   1819  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
   1820  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
   1821  *
   1822  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
   1823  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
   1824  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
   1825  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
   1826  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
   1827  *	default in station mode.
   1828  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
   1829  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
   1830  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
   1831  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
   1832  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
   1833  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
   1834  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
   1835  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
   1836  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
   1837  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
   1838  *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
   1839  *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
   1840  *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
   1841  *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
   1842  *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
   1843  *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
   1844  *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
   1845  *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
   1846  *	frames are not forwarded over the control port.
   1847  *
   1848  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
   1849  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
   1850  *
   1851  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
   1852  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
   1853  *	a local disconnect request.
   1854  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
   1855  *	event (u16)
   1856  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
   1857  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
   1858  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
   1859  *
   1860  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
   1861  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
   1862  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
   1863  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
   1864  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
   1865  *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
   1866  *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
   1867  *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
   1868  *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
   1869  *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
   1870  *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
   1871  *
   1872  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
   1873  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
   1874  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
   1875  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
   1876  *
   1877  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
   1878  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
   1879  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
   1880  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
   1881  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
   1882  *
   1883  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
   1884  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
   1885  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
   1886  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
   1887  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
   1888  *
   1889  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
   1890  * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace.
   1891  *
   1892  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
   1893  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
   1894  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
   1895  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
   1896  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
   1897  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
   1898  *	completely from scratch.
   1899  *
   1900  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
   1901  *
   1902  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
   1903  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
   1904  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
   1905  *
   1906  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
   1907  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
   1908  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
   1909  *
   1910  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
   1911  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
   1912  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
   1913  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
   1914  *
   1915  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
   1916  *
   1917  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
   1918  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
   1919  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
   1920  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
   1921  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
   1922  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
   1923  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
   1924  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
   1925  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
   1926  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
   1927  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
   1928  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
   1929  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
   1930  *
   1931  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
   1932  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
   1933  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
   1934  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
   1935  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
   1936  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
   1937  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
   1938  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
   1939  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
   1940  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
   1941  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
   1942  *
   1943  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
   1944  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
   1945  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32)
   1946  *
   1947  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
   1948  *
   1949  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
   1950  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
   1951  *
   1952  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
   1953  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
   1954  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
   1955  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
   1956  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
   1957  *
   1958  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
   1959  *	connected to this BSS.
   1960  *
   1961  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
   1962  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
   1963  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
   1964  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
   1965  *      for non-automatic settings.
   1966  *
   1967  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
   1968  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
   1969  *
   1970  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
   1971  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
   1972  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
   1973  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
   1974  *
   1975  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
   1976  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
   1977  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
   1978  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
   1979  *	a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
   1980  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
   1981  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
   1982  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
   1983  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
   1984  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
   1985  *
   1986  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
   1987  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
   1988  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
   1989  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
   1990  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
   1991  *
   1992  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
   1993  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
   1994  *
   1995  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
   1996  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
   1997  *
   1998  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
   1999  *
   2000  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
   2001  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
   2002  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
   2003  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
   2004  *	nl80211 capability flag.
   2005  *
   2006  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
   2007  *
   2008  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
   2009  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
   2010  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
   2011  *
   2012  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
   2013  *	changed once the mesh is active.
   2014  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
   2015  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
   2016  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
   2017  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
   2018  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
   2019  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
   2020  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
   2021  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
   2022  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
   2023  *
   2024  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
   2025  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
   2026  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
   2027  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
   2028  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
   2029  *	triggers.
   2030  *
   2031  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
   2032  *	cycles, in msecs.
   2033  *
   2034  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
   2035  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
   2036  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
   2037  *	pass-thru filter rules.
   2038  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
   2039  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
   2040  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
   2041  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
   2042  *	able to ignore them by itself.
   2043  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
   2044  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
   2045  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
   2046  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
   2047  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
   2048  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
   2049  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
   2050  *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
   2051  *
   2052  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
   2053  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
   2054  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
   2055  *	If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set),
   2056  *	this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio.
   2057  *	See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy
   2058  *	combinations for the sum of all radios.
   2059  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
   2060  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
   2061  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
   2062  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
   2063  *
   2064  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
   2065  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
   2066  *
   2067  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
   2068  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
   2069  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
   2070  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
   2071  *
   2072  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
   2073  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
   2074  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
   2075  *
   2076  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
   2077  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
   2078  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
   2079  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
   2080  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
   2081  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
   2082  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
   2083  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
   2084  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
   2085  *
   2086  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
   2087  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
   2088  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
   2089  *	as AP.
   2090  *
   2091  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
   2092  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
   2093  *
   2094  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
   2095  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
   2096  *
   2097  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
   2098  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
   2099  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
   2100  *	applications use this attribute.
   2101  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
   2102  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
   2103  *
   2104  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
   2105  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
   2106  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
   2107  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
   2108  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
   2109  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
   2110  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
   2111  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
   2112  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
   2113  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
   2114  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
   2115  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
   2116  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
   2117  *
   2118  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
   2119  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
   2120  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
   2121  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
   2122  *
   2123  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
   2124  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
   2125  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
   2126  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
   2127  *
   2128  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
   2129  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
   2130  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
   2131  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
   2132  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
   2133  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
   2134  *
   2135  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
   2136  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
   2137  *	to be filled by the FW.
   2138  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
   2139  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
   2140  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
   2141  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
   2142  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
   2143  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
   2144  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
   2145  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
   2146  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
   2147  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable
   2148  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
   2149  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
   2150  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
   2151  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
   2152  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
   2153  *      The values that may be configured are:
   2154  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
   2155  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
   2156  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
   2157  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
   2158  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
   2159  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
   2160  *      ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
   2161  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
   2162  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
   2163  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
   2164  *      the station debugfs vht_caps file.
   2165  *
   2166  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
   2167  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
   2168  *    to one DFS region.
   2169  *
   2170  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
   2171  *      up to 16 TIDs.
   2172  *
   2173  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
   2174  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
   2175  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
   2176  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
   2177  *	capability to timeout the stations.
   2178  *
   2179  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
   2180  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
   2181  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
   2182  *
   2183  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
   2184  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
   2185  *
   2186  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
   2187  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
   2188  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
   2189  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
   2190  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
   2191  *
   2192  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
   2193  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
   2194  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
   2195  *
   2196  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
   2197  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
   2198  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
   2199  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
   2200  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
   2201  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
   2202  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
   2203  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
   2204  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
   2205  *	consistent.
   2206  *
   2207  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
   2208  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
   2209  *
   2210  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
   2211  *
   2212  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
   2213  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
   2214  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
   2215  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
   2216  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
   2217  *	no change is made.
   2218  *
   2219  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
   2220  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
   2221  *
   2222  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
   2223  *	carried in a u32 attribute
   2224  *
   2225  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
   2226  *	MAC ACL.
   2227  *
   2228  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
   2229  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
   2230  *	ACL.
   2231  *
   2232  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
   2233  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
   2234  *
   2235  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
   2236  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
   2237  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
   2238  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
   2239  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
   2240  *
   2241  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
   2242  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
   2243  *
   2244  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
   2245  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
   2246  *	and PU-APSD.
   2247  *
   2248  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
   2249  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
   2250  *
   2251  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
   2252  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
   2253  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
   2254  *
   2255  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
   2256  *
   2257  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
   2258  *	Element
   2259  *
   2260  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
   2261  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
   2262  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
   2263  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
   2264  *
   2265  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
   2266  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
   2267  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
   2268  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
   2269  *
   2270  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
   2271  *
   2272  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
   2273  *	until the channel switch event.
   2274  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
   2275  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
   2276  *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
   2277  *	was requested by the AP.
   2278  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
   2279  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
   2280  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
   2281  *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
   2282  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
   2283  *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
   2284  *
   2285  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
   2286  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
   2287  *
   2288  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
   2289  *
   2290  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
   2291  *      operating classes.
   2292  *
   2293  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
   2294  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
   2295  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
   2296  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
   2297  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
   2298  *	IBSS network.
   2299  *
   2300  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
   2301  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
   2302  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
   2303  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
   2304  *
   2305  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
   2306  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
   2307  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
   2308  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
   2309  *	u8 attribute.
   2310  *
   2311  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
   2312  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
   2313  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
   2314  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
   2315  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
   2316  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
   2317  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
   2318  *
   2319  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
   2320  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
   2321  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
   2322  *
   2323  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
   2324  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
   2325  *
   2326  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
   2327  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
   2328  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
   2329  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
   2330  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
   2331  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
   2332  *
   2333  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
   2334  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
   2335  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
   2336  *	supported number of csa counters.
   2337  *
   2338  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
   2339  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
   2340  *
   2341  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
   2342  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
   2343  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
   2344  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
   2345  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
   2346  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
   2347  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
   2348  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
   2349  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
   2350  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
   2351  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
   2352  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
   2353  *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
   2354  *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
   2355  *	multicast group.
   2356  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
   2357  *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
   2358  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
   2359  *	torn down when the socket is closed.
   2360  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
   2361  *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
   2362  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
   2363  *	disabled when the socket is closed.
   2364  *
   2365  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
   2366  *	the TDLS link initiator.
   2367  *
   2368  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
   2369  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
   2370  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
   2371  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
   2372  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
   2373  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
   2374  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
   2375  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
   2376  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
   2377  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
   2378  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
   2379  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
   2380  *
   2381  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
   2382  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
   2383  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
   2384  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
   2385  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
   2386  *
   2387  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
   2388  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
   2389  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
   2390  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
   2391  *
   2392  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
   2393  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
   2394  *
   2395  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
   2396  *
   2397  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
   2398  *
   2399  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
   2400  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
   2401  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
   2402  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
   2403  *
   2404  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
   2405  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
   2406  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
   2407  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
   2408  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
   2409  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
   2410  *
   2411  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
   2412  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
   2413  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
   2414  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
   2415  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
   2416  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
   2417  *	over all channels.
   2418  *
   2419  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
   2420  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
   2421  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
   2422  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
   2423  *
   2424  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
   2425  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
   2426  *
   2427  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
   2428  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
   2429  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
   2430  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
   2431  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
   2432  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
   2433  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
   2434  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
   2435  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
   2436  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
   2437  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
   2438  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
   2439  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
   2440  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
   2441  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
   2442  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
   2443  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
   2444  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
   2445  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
   2446  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
   2447  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
   2448  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
   2449  *
   2450  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
   2451  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
   2452  *
   2453  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   2454  *
   2455  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
   2456  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
   2457  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
   2458  *	other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
   2459  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
   2460  *	present.
   2461  *
   2462  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
   2463  *	groupID for monitor mode.
   2464  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
   2465  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
   2466  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
   2467  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
   2468  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
   2469  *	each group.
   2470  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
   2471  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
   2472  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
   2473  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
   2474  *	groupID data.
   2475  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
   2476  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
   2477  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
   2478  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
   2479  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
   2480  *
   2481  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
   2482  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
   2483  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
   2484  *	attribute must not be included).
   2485  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
   2486  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
   2487  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
   2488  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
   2489  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
   2490  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
   2491  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
   2492  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
   2493  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
   2494  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
   2495  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
   2496  *
   2497  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
   2498  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
   2499  *
   2500  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
   2501  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
   2502  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
   2503  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
   2504  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
   2505  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
   2506  *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
   2507  *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
   2508  *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
   2509  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
   2510  *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
   2511  *	the device will decide what to use.
   2512  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
   2513  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
   2514  *	attribute.
   2515  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
   2516  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
   2517  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
   2518  *	protection.
   2519  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
   2520  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
   2521  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
   2522  *
   2523  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
   2524  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
   2525  *
   2526  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
   2527  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
   2528  *
   2529  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
   2530  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
   2531  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
   2532  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
   2533  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
   2534  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
   2535  *	unnecessary wakeups.
   2536  *
   2537  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
   2538  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
   2539  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
   2540  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
   2541  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
   2542  *
   2543  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
   2544  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
   2545  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
   2546  *
   2547  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
   2548  *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
   2549  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2550  *
   2551  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
   2552  *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
   2553  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2554  *
   2555  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
   2556  *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
   2557  *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2558  *
   2559  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
   2560  *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
   2561  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
   2562  *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
   2563  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2564  *
   2565  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
   2566  *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
   2567  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
   2568  *
   2569  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
   2570  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
   2571  *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
   2572  *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
   2573  *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
   2574  *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
   2575  *	is included as well.
   2576  *
   2577  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
   2578  *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
   2579  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
   2580  *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
   2581  *
   2582  * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
   2583  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
   2584  *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
   2585  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
   2586  * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
   2587  *
   2588  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
   2589  *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
   2590  *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
   2591  *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
   2592  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
   2593  *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
   2594  *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
   2595  *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
   2596  *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
   2597  *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
   2598  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
   2599  *
   2600  * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
   2601  *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
   2602  *
   2603  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
   2604  *      nl80211_txq_stats)
   2605  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
   2606  *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
   2607  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
   2608  *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
   2609  *      enforced.
   2610  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
   2611  *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
   2612  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
   2613  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
   2614  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
   2615  *
   2616  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
   2617  *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
   2618  *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
   2619  *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
   2620  *
   2621  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
   2622  *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
   2623  *
   2624  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
   2625  *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
   2626  *	invalid value.
   2627  *
   2628  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
   2629  *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
   2630  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
   2631  *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
   2632  *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
   2633  *
   2634  * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
   2635  *	scheduler.
   2636  *
   2637  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
   2638  *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
   2639  *	possible values.
   2640  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
   2641  *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
   2642  *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
   2643  *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
   2644  *	or per-station.
   2645  *
   2646  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
   2647  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
   2648  *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
   2649  *
   2650  * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
   2651  *
   2652  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
   2653  *	functionality.
   2654  *
   2655  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
   2656  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
   2657  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
   2658  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
   2659  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
   2660  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
   2661  *
   2662  * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
   2663  *	(u16).
   2664  *
   2665  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
   2666  *
   2667  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
   2668  *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
   2669  *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
   2670  *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
   2671  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
   2672  *	advertised for a specific interface type.
   2673  *
   2674  * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
   2675  *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
   2676  *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
   2677  *	attributes.
   2678  *
   2679  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
   2680  *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
   2681  *
   2682  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
   2683  *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
   2684  *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
   2685  *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
   2686  *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
   2687  *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
   2688  *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
   2689  *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
   2690  *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
   2691  *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
   2692  *
   2693  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
   2694  *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
   2695  *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
   2696  *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
   2697  *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
   2698  *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
   2699  *	has expired.
   2700  *
   2701  *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
   2702  *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
   2703  *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
   2704  *	disassociation is still forced.
   2705  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
   2706  *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
   2707  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
   2708  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
   2709  *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
   2710  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
   2711  *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
   2712  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
   2713  *
   2714  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
   2715  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
   2716  *
   2717  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
   2718  *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
   2719  *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
   2720  *	nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
   2721  *
   2722  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
   2723  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
   2724  *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
   2725  *	nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
   2726  *
   2727  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
   2728  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
   2729  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
   2730  *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
   2731  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   2732  *
   2733  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
   2734  *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
   2735  *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
   2736  *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
   2737  *
   2738  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
   2739  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
   2740  *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
   2741  *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
   2742  *
   2743  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
   2744  *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
   2745  *	is desired.
   2746  *
   2747  * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
   2748  *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
   2749  *
   2750  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
   2751  *	until the color switch event.
   2752  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
   2753  *	switching to
   2754  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
   2755  *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
   2756  *
   2757  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
   2758  *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
   2759  *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
   2760  *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
   2761  *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
   2762  *	parameters.
   2763  *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
   2764  *
   2765  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
   2766  *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
   2767  *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
   2768  *
   2769  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
   2770  *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
   2771  *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
   2772  *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
   2773  *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
   2774  *	radar channel.
   2775  *
   2776  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
   2777  *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
   2778  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
   2779  *
   2780  * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
   2781  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
   2782  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
   2783  *
   2784  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
   2785  *	various commands that need a link ID to operate.
   2786  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
   2787  *	per-link information and a link ID.
   2788  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
   2789  *	authenticate/associate.
   2790  *
   2791  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
   2792  *	connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
   2793  *	included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
   2794  *
   2795  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
   2796  *	AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
   2797  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
   2798  *	attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
   2799  *	suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
   2800  *	number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
   2801  *
   2802  * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
   2803  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
   2804  *
   2805  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
   2806  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
   2807  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
   2808  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
   2809  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
   2810  *	the ack TX timestamp.
   2811  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
   2812  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
   2813  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
   2814  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
   2815  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
   2816  *	the incoming frame RX timestamp.
   2817  * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
   2818  *	(re)associations.
   2819  *
   2820  * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
   2821  *	bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
   2822  *	indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
   2823  *	reserved.
   2824  *
   2825  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
   2826  *	timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
   2827  *	A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
   2828  *	an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
   2829  * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
   2830  *	be enabled or not (flag attribute).
   2831  *
   2832  * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
   2833  *	reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
   2834  *	only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
   2835  *	Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
   2836  *	elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
   2837  *	profiles already included in the MBSSID element
   2838  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
   2839  *	will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
   2840  *	index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
   2841  *	MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
   2842  *
   2843  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
   2844  *	disabled.
   2845  *
   2846  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
   2847  *	include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
   2848  *	cannot be used at all.
   2849  *
   2850  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
   2851  *      link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
   2852  *      mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
   2853  *      in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
   2854  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
   2855  *      link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
   2856  *      mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
   2857  *      in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
   2858  *
   2859  * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with
   2860  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs
   2861  *	are used on this connection
   2862  *
   2863  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios
   2864  *	belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs.
   2865  *
   2866  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the
   2867  *	supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each
   2868  *	nested item, it contains attributes defined in
   2869  *	&enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
   2870  *
   2871  * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32).
   2872  *	A value of 0 means all radios.
   2873  *
   2874  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
   2875  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
   2876  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   2877  */
   2878 enum nl80211_attrs {
   2879 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
   2880 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
   2881 
   2882 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
   2883 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
   2884 
   2885 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
   2886 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
   2887 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
   2888 
   2889 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
   2890 
   2891 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
   2892 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
   2893 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
   2894 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
   2895 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
   2896 
   2897 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
   2898 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
   2899 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
   2900 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
   2901 
   2902 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
   2903 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
   2904 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
   2905 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
   2906 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
   2907 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
   2908 
   2909 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
   2910 
   2911 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
   2912 
   2913 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
   2914 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
   2915 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
   2916 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
   2917 
   2918 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
   2919 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
   2920 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
   2921 
   2922 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
   2923 
   2924 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
   2925 
   2926 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
   2927 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
   2928 
   2929 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
   2930 
   2931 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
   2932 
   2933 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
   2934 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
   2935 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
   2936 
   2937 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
   2938 
   2939 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
   2940 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
   2941 
   2942 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
   2943 
   2944 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
   2945 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
   2946 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
   2947 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
   2948 
   2949 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
   2950 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
   2951 
   2952 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
   2953 
   2954 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
   2955 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
   2956 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
   2957 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
   2958 
   2959 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
   2960 
   2961 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
   2962 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
   2963 
   2964 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
   2965 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
   2966 
   2967 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
   2968 
   2969 
   2970 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
   2971 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
   2972 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
   2973 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
   2974 
   2975 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
   2976 
   2977 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
   2978 
   2979 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
   2980 
   2981 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
   2982 
   2983 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
   2984 
   2985 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
   2986 
   2987 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
   2988 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
   2989 
   2990 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
   2991 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
   2992 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
   2993 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
   2994 
   2995 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
   2996 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
   2997 
   2998 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
   2999 
   3000 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
   3001 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
   3002 
   3003 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
   3004 
   3005 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
   3006 
   3007 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
   3008 
   3009 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
   3010 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
   3011 
   3012 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
   3013 
   3014 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
   3015 
   3016 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
   3017 
   3018 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
   3019 
   3020 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
   3021 
   3022 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
   3023 
   3024 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
   3025 
   3026 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
   3027 
   3028 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
   3029 
   3030 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
   3031 
   3032 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
   3033 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
   3034 
   3035 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
   3036 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
   3037 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
   3038 
   3039 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
   3040 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
   3041 
   3042 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
   3043 
   3044 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
   3045 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
   3046 
   3047 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
   3048 
   3049 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
   3050 
   3051 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
   3052 
   3053 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
   3054 
   3055 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
   3056 
   3057 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
   3058 
   3059 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
   3060 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
   3061 
   3062 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
   3063 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
   3064 
   3065 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
   3066 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
   3067 
   3068 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
   3069 
   3070 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
   3071 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
   3072 
   3073 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
   3074 
   3075 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
   3076 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
   3077 
   3078 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
   3079 
   3080 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
   3081 
   3082 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
   3083 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
   3084 
   3085 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
   3086 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
   3087 
   3088 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
   3089 
   3090 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
   3091 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
   3092 
   3093 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
   3094 
   3095 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
   3096 
   3097 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
   3098 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
   3099 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
   3100 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
   3101 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
   3102 
   3103 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
   3104 
   3105 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
   3106 
   3107 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
   3108 
   3109 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
   3110 
   3111 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
   3112 
   3113 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
   3114 
   3115 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
   3116 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
   3117 
   3118 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
   3119 
   3120 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
   3121 
   3122 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
   3123 
   3124 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
   3125 
   3126 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
   3127 
   3128 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
   3129 
   3130 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
   3131 
   3132 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
   3133 
   3134 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
   3135 
   3136 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
   3137 
   3138 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
   3139 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
   3140 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
   3141 
   3142 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
   3143 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
   3144 
   3145 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
   3146 
   3147 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
   3148 
   3149 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
   3150 
   3151 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
   3152 
   3153 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
   3154 
   3155 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
   3156 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
   3157 
   3158 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
   3159 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
   3160 
   3161 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
   3162 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
   3163 
   3164 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
   3165 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
   3166 
   3167 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
   3168 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
   3169 
   3170 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
   3171 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
   3172 
   3173 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
   3174 
   3175 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
   3176 
   3177 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
   3178 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
   3179 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
   3180 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
   3181 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
   3182 
   3183 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
   3184 
   3185 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
   3186 
   3187 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
   3188 
   3189 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
   3190 
   3191 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
   3192 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
   3193 
   3194 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
   3195 
   3196 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
   3197 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
   3198 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
   3199 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
   3200 
   3201 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
   3202 
   3203 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
   3204 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
   3205 
   3206 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
   3207 
   3208 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
   3209 
   3210 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
   3211 
   3212 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
   3213 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
   3214 
   3215 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
   3216 
   3217 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
   3218 
   3219 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
   3220 
   3221 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
   3222 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
   3223 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
   3224 
   3225 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
   3226 
   3227 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
   3228 
   3229 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
   3230 
   3231 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
   3232 
   3233 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
   3234 
   3235 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
   3236 
   3237 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
   3238 
   3239 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
   3240 
   3241 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
   3242 
   3243 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
   3244 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
   3245 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
   3246 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
   3247 
   3248 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
   3249 
   3250 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
   3251 
   3252 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
   3253 
   3254 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
   3255 
   3256 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
   3257 
   3258 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
   3259 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
   3260 
   3261 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
   3262 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
   3263 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
   3264 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
   3265 
   3266 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
   3267 
   3268 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
   3269 	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
   3270 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
   3271 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
   3272 
   3273 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
   3274 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
   3275 
   3276 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
   3277 
   3278 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
   3279 
   3280 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
   3281 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
   3282 
   3283 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
   3284 
   3285 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
   3286 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
   3287 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
   3288 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
   3289 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
   3290 
   3291 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
   3292 
   3293 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
   3294 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
   3295 
   3296 	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
   3297 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
   3298 	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
   3299 
   3300 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
   3301 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
   3302 
   3303 	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
   3304 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
   3305 
   3306 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
   3307 
   3308 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
   3309 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
   3310 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
   3311 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
   3312 
   3313 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
   3314 
   3315 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
   3316 
   3317 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
   3318 
   3319 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
   3320 
   3321 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
   3322 
   3323 	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
   3324 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
   3325 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
   3326 
   3327 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
   3328 
   3329 	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
   3330 
   3331 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
   3332 
   3333 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
   3334 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
   3335 
   3336 	NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
   3337 
   3338 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
   3339 
   3340 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
   3341 
   3342 	NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
   3343 
   3344 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
   3345 
   3346 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
   3347 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
   3348 
   3349 	NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
   3350 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
   3351 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
   3352 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
   3353 
   3354 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
   3355 
   3356 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
   3357 
   3358 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
   3359 
   3360 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
   3361 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
   3362 
   3363 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
   3364 
   3365 	NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
   3366 
   3367 	NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
   3368 
   3369 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
   3370 
   3371 	NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
   3372 
   3373 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
   3374 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
   3375 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
   3376 
   3377 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
   3378 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
   3379 
   3380 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
   3381 
   3382 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
   3383 
   3384 	NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
   3385 
   3386 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
   3387 
   3388 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
   3389 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
   3390 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
   3391 
   3392 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
   3393 
   3394 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
   3395 
   3396 	NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
   3397 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
   3398 
   3399 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
   3400 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
   3401 	NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
   3402 
   3403 	NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
   3404 
   3405 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
   3406 	NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
   3407 
   3408 	NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
   3409 
   3410 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
   3411 
   3412 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA,
   3413 
   3414 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK,
   3415 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK,
   3416 
   3417 	NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU,
   3418 
   3419 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS,
   3420 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
   3421 
   3422 	NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK,
   3423 
   3424 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
   3425 
   3426 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   3427 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   3428 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3429 };
   3430 
   3431 /* source-level API compatibility */
   3432 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
   3433 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
   3434 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
   3435 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
   3436 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
   3437 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
   3438 
   3439 /*
   3440  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
   3441  * here
   3442  */
   3443 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
   3444 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
   3445 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
   3446 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
   3447 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
   3448 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
   3449 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
   3450 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
   3451 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
   3452 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
   3453 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
   3454 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
   3455 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
   3456 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
   3457 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
   3458 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
   3459 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
   3460 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
   3461 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
   3462 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
   3463 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
   3464 
   3465 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
   3466 
   3467 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
   3468 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
   3469 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
   3470 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
   3471 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
   3472 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
   3473 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
   3474 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
   3475 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
   3476 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
   3477 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
   3478 
   3479 /*
   3480  * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
   3481  * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
   3482  */
   3483 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
   3484 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
   3485 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
   3486 
   3487 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
   3488 
   3489 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
   3490 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
   3491 
   3492 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
   3493 
   3494 /**
   3495  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
   3496  *
   3497  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
   3498  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
   3499  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
   3500  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
   3501  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
   3502  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
   3503  *	AP type interface.
   3504  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
   3505  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
   3506  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
   3507  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
   3508  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
   3509  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
   3510  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
   3511  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
   3512  *	commands to create and destroy one
   3513  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
   3514  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
   3515  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
   3516  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
   3517  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
   3518  *
   3519  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
   3520  * to set the type of an interface.
   3521  *
   3522  */
   3523 enum nl80211_iftype {
   3524 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
   3525 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
   3526 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
   3527 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
   3528 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
   3529 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
   3530 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
   3531 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
   3532 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
   3533 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
   3534 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
   3535 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
   3536 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
   3537 
   3538 	/* keep last */
   3539 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
   3540 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
   3541 };
   3542 
   3543 /**
   3544  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
   3545  *
   3546  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
   3547  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
   3548  *
   3549  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3550  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
   3551  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
   3552  *	with short barker preamble
   3553  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
   3554  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
   3555  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
   3556  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
   3557  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
   3558  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
   3559  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
   3560  *	as errors.)
   3561  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
   3562  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
   3563  *	previously added station into associated state
   3564  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs
   3565  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
   3566  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   3567  */
   3568 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
   3569 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
   3570 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
   3571 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
   3572 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
   3573 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
   3574 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
   3575 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
   3576 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
   3577 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU,
   3578 
   3579 	/* keep last */
   3580 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
   3581 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3582 };
   3583 
   3584 /**
   3585  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
   3586  *
   3587  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
   3588  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
   3589  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
   3590  */
   3591 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
   3592 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
   3593 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
   3594 
   3595 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
   3596 };
   3597 
   3598 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
   3599 
   3600 /**
   3601  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
   3602  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
   3603  * @set: which values to set them to
   3604  *
   3605  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
   3606  */
   3607 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
   3608 	__u32 mask;
   3609 	__u32 set;
   3610 } __attribute__((packed));
   3611 
   3612 /**
   3613  * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
   3614  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
   3615  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
   3616  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
   3617  */
   3618 enum nl80211_he_gi {
   3619 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
   3620 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
   3621 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
   3622 };
   3623 
   3624 /**
   3625  * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
   3626  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
   3627  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
   3628  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
   3629  */
   3630 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
   3631 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
   3632 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
   3633 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
   3634 };
   3635 
   3636 /**
   3637  * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
   3638  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
   3639  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
   3640  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
   3641  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
   3642  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
   3643  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
   3644  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
   3645  */
   3646 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
   3647 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
   3648 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
   3649 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
   3650 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
   3651 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
   3652 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
   3653 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
   3654 };
   3655 
   3656 /**
   3657  * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
   3658  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
   3659  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
   3660  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
   3661  */
   3662 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
   3663 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
   3664 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
   3665 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
   3666 };
   3667 
   3668 /**
   3669  * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
   3670  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
   3671  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
   3672  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
   3673  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
   3674  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
   3675  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
   3676  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
   3677  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
   3678  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
   3679  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
   3680  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
   3681  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
   3682  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
   3683  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
   3684  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
   3685  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
   3686  */
   3687 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
   3688 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
   3689 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
   3690 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
   3691 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
   3692 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
   3693 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
   3694 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
   3695 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
   3696 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
   3697 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
   3698 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
   3699 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
   3700 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
   3701 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
   3702 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
   3703 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
   3704 };
   3705 
   3706 /**
   3707  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
   3708  *
   3709  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
   3710  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
   3711  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
   3712  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
   3713  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
   3714  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
   3715  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
   3716  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
   3717  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
   3718  *
   3719  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3720  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
   3721  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
   3722  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
   3723  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
   3724  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
   3725  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
   3726  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
   3727  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
   3728  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
   3729  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
   3730  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
   3731  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
   3732  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
   3733  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
   3734  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
   3735  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
   3736  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
   3737  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
   3738  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
   3739  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
   3740  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
   3741  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
   3742  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
   3743  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
   3744  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
   3745  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
   3746  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
   3747  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
   3748  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
   3749  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
   3750  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
   3751  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
   3752  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
   3753  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
   3754  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
   3755  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
   3756  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
   3757  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
   3758  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
   3759  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   3760  */
   3761 enum nl80211_rate_info {
   3762 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
   3763 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
   3764 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
   3765 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3766 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
   3767 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
   3768 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
   3769 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
   3770 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3771 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3772 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3773 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3774 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3775 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
   3776 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
   3777 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
   3778 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
   3779 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
   3780 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3781 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
   3782 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
   3783 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
   3784 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
   3785 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
   3786 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
   3787 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3788 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3789 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3790 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3791 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
   3792 
   3793 	/* keep last */
   3794 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
   3795 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3796 };
   3797 
   3798 /**
   3799  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
   3800  *
   3801  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
   3802  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
   3803  *
   3804  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3805  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
   3806  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
   3807  *	(flag)
   3808  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
   3809  *	(flag)
   3810  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
   3811  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
   3812  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
   3813  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   3814  */
   3815 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
   3816 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
   3817 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
   3818 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
   3819 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
   3820 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
   3821 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
   3822 
   3823 	/* keep last */
   3824 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
   3825 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3826 };
   3827 
   3828 /**
   3829  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
   3830  *
   3831  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
   3832  * when getting information about a station.
   3833  *
   3834  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3835  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
   3836  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
   3837  *	(u32, from this station)
   3838  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
   3839  *	(u32, to this station)
   3840  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
   3841  *	(u64, from this station)
   3842  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
   3843  *	(u64, to this station)
   3844  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
   3845  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
   3846  *	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
   3847  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
   3848  *	(u32, from this station)
   3849  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
   3850  *	(u32, to this station)
   3851  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
   3852  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
   3853  *	(u32, to this station)
   3854  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
   3855  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
   3856  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
   3857  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
   3858  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
   3859  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
   3860  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
   3861  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
   3862  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
   3863  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
   3864  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
   3865  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
   3866  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
   3867  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
   3868  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
   3869  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
   3870  *	non-peer STA
   3871  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
   3872  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
   3873  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
   3874  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
   3875  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also
   3876  *	the 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
   3877  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
   3878  *	(u64)
   3879  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
   3880  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
   3881  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
   3882  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
   3883  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
   3884  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
   3885  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
   3886  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
   3887  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
   3888  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
   3889  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   3890  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
   3891  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
   3892  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
   3893  *	(u32, from this station)
   3894  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
   3895  *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
   3896  *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
   3897  *	might not be fully accurate.
   3898  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
   3899  *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
   3900  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
   3901  *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
   3902  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
   3903  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
   3904  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
   3905  *	of STA's association
   3906  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
   3907  *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
   3908  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
   3909  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
   3910  */
   3911 enum nl80211_sta_info {
   3912 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
   3913 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
   3914 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
   3915 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
   3916 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
   3917 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
   3918 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
   3919 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
   3920 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
   3921 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
   3922 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
   3923 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
   3924 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
   3925 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
   3926 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
   3927 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
   3928 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
   3929 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
   3930 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
   3931 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
   3932 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
   3933 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
   3934 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
   3935 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
   3936 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
   3937 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
   3938 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
   3939 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
   3940 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
   3941 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
   3942 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
   3943 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
   3944 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
   3945 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
   3946 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
   3947 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
   3948 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
   3949 	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
   3950 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
   3951 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
   3952 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
   3953 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
   3954 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
   3955 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
   3956 
   3957 	/* keep last */
   3958 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
   3959 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
   3960 };
   3961 
   3962 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
   3963 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
   3964 
   3965 
   3966 /**
   3967  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
   3968  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3969  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
   3970  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
   3971  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
   3972  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
   3973  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
   3974  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
   3975  *	MSDUs (u64)
   3976  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   3977  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
   3978  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
   3979  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
   3980  */
   3981 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
   3982 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
   3983 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
   3984 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
   3985 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
   3986 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
   3987 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
   3988 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
   3989 
   3990 	/* keep last */
   3991 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
   3992 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
   3993 };
   3994 
   3995 /**
   3996  * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
   3997  * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   3998  * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
   3999  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
   4000  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
   4001  *      backlogged
   4002  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
   4003  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
   4004  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
   4005  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
   4006  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
   4007  *      (only for per-phy stats)
   4008  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
   4009  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
   4010  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
   4011  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
   4012  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
   4013  */
   4014 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
   4015 	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
   4016 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
   4017 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
   4018 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
   4019 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
   4020 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
   4021 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
   4022 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
   4023 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
   4024 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
   4025 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
   4026 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
   4027 
   4028 	/* keep last */
   4029 	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
   4030 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
   4031 };
   4032 
   4033 /**
   4034  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
   4035  *
   4036  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
   4037  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
   4038  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
   4039  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
   4040  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
   4041  */
   4042 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
   4043 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
   4044 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
   4045 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
   4046 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
   4047 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
   4048 };
   4049 
   4050 /**
   4051  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
   4052  *
   4053  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
   4054  * information about a mesh path.
   4055  *
   4056  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4057  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
   4058  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
   4059  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
   4060  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
   4061  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
   4062  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
   4063  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
   4064  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
   4065  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
   4066  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
   4067  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
   4068  *	currently defined
   4069  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4070  */
   4071 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
   4072 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
   4073 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
   4074 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
   4075 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
   4076 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
   4077 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
   4078 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
   4079 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
   4080 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
   4081 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
   4082 
   4083 	/* keep last */
   4084 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
   4085 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4086 };
   4087 
   4088 /**
   4089  * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
   4090  *
   4091  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4092  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
   4093  *     for each interface type that supports the band data
   4094  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
   4095  *     capabilities IE
   4096  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
   4097  *     capabilities IE
   4098  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
   4099  *     capabilities IE
   4100  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
   4101  *     defined in HE capabilities IE
   4102  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
   4103  *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
   4104  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
   4105  *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
   4106  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
   4107  *	capabilities element
   4108  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
   4109  *	capabilities element
   4110  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
   4111  *	capabilities element
   4112  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
   4113  *	defined in EHT capabilities element
   4114  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4115  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
   4116  */
   4117 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
   4118 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
   4119 
   4120 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
   4121 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
   4122 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
   4123 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
   4124 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
   4125 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
   4126 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
   4127 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
   4128 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
   4129 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
   4130 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
   4131 
   4132 	/* keep last */
   4133 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4134 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4135 };
   4136 
   4137 /**
   4138  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
   4139  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4140  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
   4141  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
   4142  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
   4143  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
   4144  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
   4145  *	defined in 802.11n
   4146  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
   4147  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
   4148  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
   4149  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
   4150  *	defined in 802.11ac
   4151  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
   4152  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
   4153  *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
   4154  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
   4155  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
   4156  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
   4157  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
   4158  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
   4159  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
   4160  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
   4161  *	set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
   4162  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
   4163  *	S1G information IE, 10 bytes
   4164  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
   4165  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4166  */
   4167 enum nl80211_band_attr {
   4168 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
   4169 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
   4170 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
   4171 
   4172 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
   4173 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
   4174 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
   4175 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
   4176 
   4177 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
   4178 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
   4179 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
   4180 
   4181 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
   4182 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
   4183 
   4184 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
   4185 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
   4186 
   4187 	/* keep last */
   4188 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4189 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4190 };
   4191 
   4192 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
   4193 
   4194 /**
   4195  * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
   4196  *
   4197  * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4198  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
   4199  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
   4200  * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
   4201  * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
   4202  * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
   4203  * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
   4204  */
   4205 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
   4206 	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
   4207 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
   4208 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
   4209 	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
   4210 	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
   4211 
   4212 	/* keep last */
   4213 	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
   4214 	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
   4215 };
   4216 
   4217 /**
   4218  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
   4219  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4220  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
   4221  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
   4222  *	regulatory domain.
   4223  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
   4224  *	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
   4225  *	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
   4226  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR
   4227  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
   4228  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4229  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
   4230  *	(100 * dBm).
   4231  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
   4232  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
   4233  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
   4234  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
   4235  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
   4236  *	channel as the control channel
   4237  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
   4238  *	channel as the control channel
   4239  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
   4240  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
   4241  *	this includes 80+80 channels
   4242  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
   4243  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
   4244  *	isn't possible
   4245  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
   4246  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
   4247  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
   4248  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
   4249  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
   4250  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
   4251  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
   4252  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
   4253  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
   4254  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
   4255  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
   4256  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
   4257  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
   4258  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
   4259  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
   4260  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
   4261  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
   4262  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
   4263  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
   4264  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4265  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
   4266  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4267  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
   4268  *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
   4269  *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
   4270  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
   4271  *	in current regulatory domain.
   4272  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
   4273  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
   4274  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4275  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
   4276  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4277  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
   4278  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4279  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
   4280  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4281  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
   4282  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4283  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
   4284  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
   4285  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
   4286  *	in current regulatory domain.
   4287  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
   4288  *	is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
   4289  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
   4290  *	allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
   4291  *	of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
   4292  *	Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
   4293  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
   4294  *	not allowed using this channel
   4295  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
   4296  *	not allowed using this channel
   4297  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor
   4298  *	mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is
   4299  *	otherwise completely disabled.
   4300  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a
   4301  *	very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR.
   4302  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
   4303  *	currently defined
   4304  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4305  *
   4306  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
   4307  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
   4308  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
   4309  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
   4310  */
   4311 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
   4312 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
   4313 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
   4314 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
   4315 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
   4316 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
   4317 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
   4318 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
   4319 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
   4320 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
   4321 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
   4322 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
   4323 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
   4324 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
   4325 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
   4326 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
   4327 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
   4328 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
   4329 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
   4330 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
   4331 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
   4332 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
   4333 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
   4334 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
   4335 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
   4336 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
   4337 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
   4338 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
   4339 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
   4340 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
   4341 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT,
   4342 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT,
   4343 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT,
   4344 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR,
   4345 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP,
   4346 
   4347 	/* keep last */
   4348 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4349 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4350 };
   4351 
   4352 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
   4353 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
   4354 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
   4355 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
   4356 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
   4357 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
   4358 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \
   4359 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
   4360 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \
   4361 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
   4362 
   4363 /**
   4364  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
   4365  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4366  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
   4367  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
   4368  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
   4369  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
   4370  *	currently defined
   4371  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4372  */
   4373 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
   4374 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
   4375 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
   4376 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
   4377 
   4378 	/* keep last */
   4379 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4380 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4381 };
   4382 
   4383 /**
   4384  * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
   4385  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
   4386  *	regulatory domain.
   4387  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
   4388  *	regulatory domain.
   4389  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
   4390  *	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
   4391  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
   4392  *	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
   4393  *	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
   4394  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
   4395  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
   4396  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
   4397  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
   4398  */
   4399 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
   4400 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
   4401 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
   4402 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
   4403 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
   4404 };
   4405 
   4406 /**
   4407  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
   4408  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
   4409  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
   4410  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
   4411  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
   4412  *	domain.
   4413  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
   4414  *	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
   4415  *	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
   4416  *	them to be applied.
   4417  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
   4418  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
   4419  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
   4420  *	domain request to be processed.
   4421  */
   4422 enum nl80211_reg_type {
   4423 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
   4424 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
   4425 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
   4426 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
   4427 };
   4428 
   4429 /**
   4430  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
   4431  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4432  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
   4433  *	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
   4434  *	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
   4435  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
   4436  *	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
   4437  *	band edge.
   4438  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
   4439  *	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
   4440  *	band edge.
   4441  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
   4442  *	frequency range, in KHz.
   4443  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
   4444  *	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
   4445  *	If you don't have one then don't send this.
   4446  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
   4447  *	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
   4448  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
   4449  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
   4450  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
   4451  *	This could be negative.
   4452  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
   4453  *	currently defined
   4454  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4455  */
   4456 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
   4457 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
   4458 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
   4459 
   4460 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
   4461 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
   4462 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
   4463 
   4464 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
   4465 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
   4466 
   4467 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
   4468 
   4469 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
   4470 
   4471 	/* keep last */
   4472 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4473 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4474 };
   4475 
   4476 /**
   4477  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
   4478  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4479  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
   4480  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
   4481  *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
   4482  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
   4483  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
   4484  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
   4485  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
   4486  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
   4487  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
   4488  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
   4489  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
   4490  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
   4491  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
   4492  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
   4493  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
   4494  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
   4495  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
   4496  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
   4497  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
   4498  *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
   4499  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete
   4500  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
   4501  *	attribute number currently defined
   4502  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4503  */
   4504 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
   4505 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
   4506 
   4507 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
   4508 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
   4509 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
   4510 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
   4511 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
   4512 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */
   4513 
   4514 	/* keep last */
   4515 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4516 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
   4517 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4518 };
   4519 
   4520 /* only for backward compatibility */
   4521 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
   4522 
   4523 /**
   4524  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
   4525  *
   4526  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
   4527  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
   4528  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
   4529  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
   4530  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
   4531  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
   4532  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
   4533  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
   4534  *	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
   4535  *	beaconing.
   4536  * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR
   4537  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
   4538  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
   4539  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
   4540  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
   4541  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
   4542  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
   4543  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
   4544  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
   4545  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
   4546  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
   4547  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
   4548  * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
   4549  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
   4550  *	peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
   4551  *	which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
   4552  *	Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
   4553  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
   4554  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
   4555  * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted
   4556  *	despite NO_IR configuration.
   4557  */
   4558 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
   4559 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
   4560 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
   4561 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
   4562 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
   4563 	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
   4564 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
   4565 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
   4566 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
   4567 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
   4568 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
   4569 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
   4570 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
   4571 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
   4572 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
   4573 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
   4574 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HE		= 1<<17,
   4575 	NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ		= 1<<18,
   4576 	NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT		= 1<<19,
   4577 	NL80211_RRF_PSD			= 1<<20,
   4578 	NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT	= 1<<21,
   4579 	NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT	= 1<<22,
   4580 	NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT	= 1<<23,
   4581 	NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP	= 1<<24,
   4582 };
   4583 
   4584 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
   4585 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
   4586 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
   4587 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
   4588 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
   4589 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
   4590 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT	NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
   4591 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT	NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
   4592 
   4593 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
   4594 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
   4595 
   4596 /**
   4597  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
   4598  *
   4599  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
   4600  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
   4601  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
   4602  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
   4603  */
   4604 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
   4605 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
   4606 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
   4607 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
   4608 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
   4609 };
   4610 
   4611 /**
   4612  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
   4613  *
   4614  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
   4615  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
   4616  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
   4617  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
   4618  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
   4619  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
   4620  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
   4621  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
   4622  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
   4623  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
   4624  *	supported feature.
   4625  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
   4626  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
   4627  */
   4628 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
   4629 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
   4630 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
   4631 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
   4632 };
   4633 
   4634 /**
   4635  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
   4636  *
   4637  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
   4638  * when getting information about a survey.
   4639  *
   4640  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   4641  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
   4642  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
   4643  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
   4644  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
   4645  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
   4646  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
   4647  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
   4648  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
   4649  *	channel was sensed busy
   4650  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
   4651  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
   4652  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
   4653  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
   4654  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
   4655  *	(on this channel or globally)
   4656  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   4657  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
   4658  *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
   4659  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
   4660  *	currently defined
   4661  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
   4662  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4663  */
   4664 enum nl80211_survey_info {
   4665 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
   4666 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
   4667 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
   4668 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
   4669 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
   4670 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
   4671 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
   4672 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
   4673 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
   4674 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
   4675 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
   4676 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
   4677 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
   4678 
   4679 	/* keep last */
   4680 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
   4681 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4682 };
   4683 
   4684 /* keep old names for compatibility */
   4685 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
   4686 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
   4687 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
   4688 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
   4689 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
   4690 
   4691 /**
   4692  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
   4693  *
   4694  * Monitor configuration flags.
   4695  *
   4696  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
   4697  *
   4698  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
   4699  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
   4700  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
   4701  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
   4702  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
   4703  *	overrides all other flags.
   4704  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
   4705  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
   4706  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets
   4707  *
   4708  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4709  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
   4710  */
   4711 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
   4712 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
   4713 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
   4714 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
   4715 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
   4716 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
   4717 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
   4718 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
   4719 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX,
   4720 
   4721 	/* keep last */
   4722 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
   4723 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4724 };
   4725 
   4726 /**
   4727  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
   4728  *
   4729  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
   4730  *	not known or has not been set yet.
   4731  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
   4732  *	in Awake state all the time.
   4733  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
   4734  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
   4735  *	neighbor's beacons.
   4736  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
   4737  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
   4738  *	for neighbor's beacons.
   4739  *
   4740  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4741  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level
   4742  */
   4743 
   4744 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
   4745 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
   4746 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
   4747 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
   4748 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
   4749 
   4750 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
   4751 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4752 };
   4753 
   4754 /**
   4755  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
   4756  *
   4757  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
   4758  * active.
   4759  *
   4760  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
   4761  *
   4762  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
   4763  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
   4764  *
   4765  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
   4766  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
   4767  *
   4768  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
   4769  *	millisecond units
   4770  *
   4771  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
   4772  *	on this mesh interface
   4773  *
   4774  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
   4775  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
   4776  *	mesh
   4777  *
   4778  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
   4779  *	point.
   4780  *
   4781  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
   4782  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
   4783  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
   4784  *	set.
   4785  *
   4786  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
   4787  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
   4788  *	target)
   4789  *
   4790  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
   4791  *	(in milliseconds)
   4792  *
   4793  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
   4794  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
   4795  *
   4796  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
   4797  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
   4798  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
   4799  *
   4800  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
   4801  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
   4802  *	reference element
   4803  *
   4804  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
   4805  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
   4806  *	mesh
   4807  *
   4808  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
   4809  *
   4810  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
   4811  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
   4812  *
   4813  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
   4814  *	root announcements are transmitted.
   4815  *
   4816  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
   4817  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
   4818  *	Announcement frames.
   4819  *
   4820  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
   4821  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
   4822  *	PERR element.
   4823  *
   4824  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
   4825  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
   4826  *
   4827  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
   4828  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
   4829  *	a peer link.
   4830  *
   4831  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
   4832  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
   4833  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
   4834  *
   4835  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
   4836  *
   4837  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
   4838  *
   4839  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
   4840  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
   4841  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
   4842  *
   4843  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
   4844  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
   4845  *
   4846  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
   4847  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
   4848  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
   4849  *
   4850  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
   4851  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
   4852  *
   4853  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
   4854  *
   4855  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
   4856  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
   4857  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
   4858  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
   4859  *
   4860  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
   4861  *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
   4862  *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
   4863  *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
   4864  *
   4865  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
   4866  *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
   4867  *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
   4868  *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
   4869  *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
   4870  *
   4871  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
   4872  *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
   4873  *	in the mesh formation field.
   4874  *
   4875  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   4876  */
   4877 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
   4878 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
   4879 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
   4880 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
   4881 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
   4882 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
   4883 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
   4884 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
   4885 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
   4886 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
   4887 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
   4888 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
   4889 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
   4890 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
   4891 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
   4892 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
   4893 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
   4894 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
   4895 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
   4896 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
   4897 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
   4898 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
   4899 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
   4900 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
   4901 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
   4902 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
   4903 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
   4904 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
   4905 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
   4906 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
   4907 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
   4908 	NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
   4909 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
   4910 
   4911 	/* keep last */
   4912 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4913 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4914 };
   4915 
   4916 /**
   4917  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
   4918  *
   4919  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
   4920  * changed while the mesh is active.
   4921  *
   4922  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
   4923  *
   4924  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
   4925  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
   4926  *	default HWMP.
   4927  *
   4928  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
   4929  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
   4930  *	metric.
   4931  *
   4932  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
   4933  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
   4934  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
   4935  *	metrics in use.
   4936  *
   4937  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
   4938  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
   4939  *
   4940  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
   4941  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
   4942  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
   4943  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
   4944  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
   4945  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
   4946  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
   4947  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
   4948  *	userspace daemon.
   4949  *
   4950  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
   4951  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
   4952  *	neighbor offset synchronization
   4953  *
   4954  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
   4955  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
   4956  *
   4957  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
   4958  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
   4959  *	Default is no authentication method required.
   4960  *
   4961  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
   4962  *
   4963  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
   4964  */
   4965 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
   4966 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
   4967 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
   4968 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
   4969 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
   4970 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
   4971 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
   4972 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
   4973 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
   4974 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
   4975 
   4976 	/* keep last */
   4977 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   4978 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   4979 };
   4980 
   4981 /**
   4982  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
   4983  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
   4984  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
   4985  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
   4986  *	disabled
   4987  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
   4988  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
   4989  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
   4990  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
   4991  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
   4992  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
   4993  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
   4994  */
   4995 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
   4996 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
   4997 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
   4998 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
   4999 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
   5000 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
   5001 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
   5002 
   5003 	/* keep last */
   5004 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   5005 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5006 };
   5007 
   5008 enum nl80211_ac {
   5009 	NL80211_AC_VO,
   5010 	NL80211_AC_VI,
   5011 	NL80211_AC_BE,
   5012 	NL80211_AC_BK,
   5013 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
   5014 };
   5015 
   5016 /* backward compat */
   5017 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
   5018 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
   5019 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
   5020 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
   5021 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
   5022 
   5023 /**
   5024  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
   5025  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
   5026  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
   5027  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
   5028  *	below the control channel
   5029  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
   5030  *	above the control channel
   5031  */
   5032 enum nl80211_channel_type {
   5033 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
   5034 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
   5035 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
   5036 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
   5037 };
   5038 
   5039 /**
   5040  * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
   5041  *
   5042  * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
   5043  *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
   5044  *
   5045  * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
   5046  * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
   5047  *
   5048  * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
   5049  *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
   5050  * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
   5051  *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
   5052  *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
   5053  */
   5054 enum nl80211_key_mode {
   5055 	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
   5056 	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
   5057 	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
   5058 };
   5059 
   5060 /**
   5061  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
   5062  *
   5063  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
   5064  * attribute.
   5065  *
   5066  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
   5067  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
   5068  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   5069  *	attribute must be provided as well
   5070  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   5071  *	attribute must be provided as well
   5072  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   5073  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
   5074  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   5075  *	attribute must be provided as well
   5076  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
   5077  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
   5078  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
   5079  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
   5080  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
   5081  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
   5082  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
   5083  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
   5084  *	attribute must be provided as well
   5085  */
   5086 enum nl80211_chan_width {
   5087 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
   5088 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
   5089 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
   5090 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
   5091 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
   5092 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
   5093 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
   5094 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
   5095 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
   5096 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
   5097 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
   5098 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
   5099 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
   5100 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
   5101 };
   5102 
   5103 /**
   5104  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
   5105  *
   5106  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
   5107  *
   5108  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
   5109  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
   5110  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
   5111  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
   5112  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
   5113  */
   5114 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
   5115 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
   5116 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
   5117 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
   5118 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
   5119 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
   5120 };
   5121 
   5122 /**
   5123  * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
   5124  * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
   5125  *	including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
   5126  * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
   5127  *	MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
   5128  *	the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
   5129  *	additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
   5130  */
   5131 enum nl80211_bss_use_for {
   5132 	NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
   5133 	NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1,
   5134 };
   5135 
   5136 /**
   5137  * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
   5138  *	BSS isn't possible
   5139  * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
   5140  *	supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
   5141  * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
   5142  *	the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
   5143  */
   5144 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons {
   5145 	NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY	= 1 << 0,
   5146 	NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH	= 1 << 1,
   5147 };
   5148 
   5149 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \
   5150 	NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
   5151 
   5152 /**
   5153  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
   5154  *
   5155  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
   5156  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
   5157  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
   5158  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
   5159  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
   5160  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
   5161  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
   5162  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
   5163  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
   5164  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
   5165  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
   5166  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
   5167  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
   5168  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
   5169  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
   5170  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
   5171  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
   5172  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
   5173  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
   5174  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
   5175  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
   5176  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
   5177  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
   5178  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
   5179  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
   5180  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
   5181  *	yet been received
   5182  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
   5183  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
   5184  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
   5185  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
   5186  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
   5187  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
   5188  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
   5189  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
   5190  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
   5191  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
   5192  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
   5193  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
   5194  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
   5195  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
   5196  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
   5197  *	is set.
   5198  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
   5199  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
   5200  *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
   5201  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
   5202  * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
   5203  * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
   5204  * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
   5205  *	used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
   5206  * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
   5207  *	be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
   5208  *	even though its presence was detected.
   5209  *	This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
   5210  *	&enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
   5211  *	if no reasons are specified.
   5212  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
   5213  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
   5214  */
   5215 enum nl80211_bss {
   5216 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
   5217 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
   5218 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
   5219 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
   5220 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
   5221 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
   5222 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
   5223 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
   5224 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
   5225 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
   5226 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
   5227 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
   5228 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
   5229 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
   5230 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
   5231 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
   5232 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
   5233 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
   5234 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
   5235 	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
   5236 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
   5237 	NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
   5238 	NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
   5239 	NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR,
   5240 	NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS,
   5241 
   5242 	/* keep last */
   5243 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
   5244 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5245 };
   5246 
   5247 /**
   5248  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
   5249  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
   5250  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
   5251  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
   5252  *	a given BSS.
   5253  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
   5254  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
   5255  *
   5256  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
   5257  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
   5258  */
   5259 enum nl80211_bss_status {
   5260 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
   5261 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
   5262 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
   5263 };
   5264 
   5265 /**
   5266  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
   5267  *
   5268  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
   5269  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
   5270  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
   5271  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
   5272  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
   5273  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
   5274  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
   5275  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
   5276  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
   5277  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
   5278  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
   5279  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
   5280  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
   5281  */
   5282 enum nl80211_auth_type {
   5283 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
   5284 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
   5285 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
   5286 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
   5287 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
   5288 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
   5289 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
   5290 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
   5291 
   5292 	/* keep last */
   5293 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
   5294 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
   5295 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
   5296 };
   5297 
   5298 /**
   5299  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
   5300  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
   5301  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
   5302  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
   5303  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
   5304  */
   5305 enum nl80211_key_type {
   5306 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
   5307 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
   5308 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
   5309 
   5310 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
   5311 };
   5312 
   5313 /**
   5314  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
   5315  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
   5316  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
   5317  * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
   5318  */
   5319 enum nl80211_mfp {
   5320 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
   5321 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
   5322 	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
   5323 };
   5324 
   5325 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
   5326 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
   5327 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
   5328 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
   5329 };
   5330 
   5331 /**
   5332  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
   5333  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
   5334  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
   5335  *	unicast key
   5336  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
   5337  *	multicast key
   5338  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
   5339  */
   5340 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
   5341 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
   5342 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
   5343 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
   5344 
   5345 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
   5346 };
   5347 
   5348 /**
   5349  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
   5350  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
   5351  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
   5352  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
   5353  *	keys
   5354  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
   5355  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
   5356  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
   5357  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
   5358  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
   5359  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
   5360  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
   5361  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
   5362  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
   5363  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
   5364  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
   5365  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
   5366  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
   5367  * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
   5368  *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
   5369  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
   5370  *
   5371  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
   5372  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
   5373  */
   5374 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
   5375 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
   5376 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
   5377 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
   5378 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
   5379 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
   5380 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
   5381 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
   5382 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
   5383 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
   5384 	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
   5385 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
   5386 
   5387 	/* keep last */
   5388 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
   5389 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5390 };
   5391 
   5392 /**
   5393  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
   5394  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
   5395  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
   5396  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
   5397  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
   5398  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
   5399  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
   5400  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
   5401  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
   5402  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
   5403  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
   5404  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
   5405  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
   5406  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
   5407  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
   5408  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
   5409  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
   5410  */
   5411 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
   5412 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
   5413 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
   5414 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
   5415 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
   5416 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
   5417 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
   5418 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
   5419 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
   5420 
   5421 	/* keep last */
   5422 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
   5423 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5424 };
   5425 
   5426 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
   5427 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
   5428 
   5429 /**
   5430  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
   5431  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
   5432  */
   5433 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
   5434 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
   5435 };
   5436 
   5437 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
   5438 /**
   5439  * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
   5440  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
   5441  */
   5442 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
   5443 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
   5444 };
   5445 
   5446 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
   5447 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
   5448 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
   5449 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
   5450 };
   5451 
   5452 /**
   5453  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
   5454  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
   5455  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
   5456  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
   5457  * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
   5458  * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
   5459  * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
   5460  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
   5461  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
   5462  */
   5463 enum nl80211_band {
   5464 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
   5465 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
   5466 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
   5467 	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
   5468 	NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
   5469 	NL80211_BAND_LC,
   5470 
   5471 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
   5472 };
   5473 
   5474 /**
   5475  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
   5476  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
   5477  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
   5478  */
   5479 enum nl80211_ps_state {
   5480 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
   5481 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
   5482 };
   5483 
   5484 /**
   5485  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
   5486  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
   5487  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
   5488  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
   5489  *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
   5490  *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
   5491  *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
   5492  *	crosses any of the thresholds.
   5493  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
   5494  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
   5495  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
   5496  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
   5497  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
   5498  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
   5499  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
   5500  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
   5501  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
   5502  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
   5503  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
   5504  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
   5505  *	checked.
   5506  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
   5507  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
   5508  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
   5509  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
   5510  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
   5511  *	loss event
   5512  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
   5513  *	RSSI threshold event.
   5514  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
   5515  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
   5516  */
   5517 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
   5518 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
   5519 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
   5520 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
   5521 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
   5522 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
   5523 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
   5524 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
   5525 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
   5526 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
   5527 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
   5528 
   5529 	/* keep last */
   5530 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
   5531 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5532 };
   5533 
   5534 /**
   5535  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
   5536  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
   5537  *      configured threshold
   5538  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
   5539  *      configured threshold
   5540  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
   5541  */
   5542 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
   5543 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
   5544 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
   5545 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
   5546 };
   5547 
   5548 
   5549 /**
   5550  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
   5551  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
   5552  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
   5553  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
   5554  */
   5555 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
   5556 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
   5557 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
   5558 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
   5559 };
   5560 
   5561 /**
   5562  * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
   5563  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
   5564  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
   5565  */
   5566 enum nl80211_tid_config {
   5567 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
   5568 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
   5569 };
   5570 
   5571 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
   5572  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
   5573  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
   5574  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
   5575  */
   5576 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
   5577 	NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
   5578 	NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
   5579 	NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
   5580 };
   5581 
   5582 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
   5583  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
   5584  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
   5585  *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
   5586  *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
   5587  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
   5588  *	per peer instead.
   5589  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
   5590  *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
   5591  *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
   5592  *	should be left untouched.
   5593  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
   5594  *	Its type is u16.
   5595  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
   5596  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
   5597  *	Its type is u8.
   5598  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
   5599  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
   5600  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
   5601  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
   5602  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
   5603  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
   5604  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
   5605  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
   5606  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
   5607  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
   5608  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
   5609  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
   5610  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
   5611  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
   5612  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
   5613  *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
   5614  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
   5615  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
   5616  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
   5617  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
   5618  *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
   5619  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
   5620  *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
   5621  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
   5622  *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
   5623  *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
   5624  *	station.
   5625  */
   5626 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
   5627 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
   5628 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
   5629 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
   5630 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
   5631 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
   5632 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
   5633 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
   5634 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
   5635 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
   5636 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
   5637 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
   5638 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
   5639 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
   5640 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
   5641 
   5642 	/* keep last */
   5643 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   5644 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   5645 };
   5646 
   5647 /**
   5648  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
   5649  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
   5650  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
   5651  *	a zero bit are ignored
   5652  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
   5653  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
   5654  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
   5655  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
   5656  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
   5657  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
   5658  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
   5659  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
   5660  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
   5661  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
   5662  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
   5663  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
   5664  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
   5665  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
   5666  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
   5667  */
   5668 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
   5669 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
   5670 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
   5671 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
   5672 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
   5673 
   5674 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
   5675 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
   5676 };
   5677 
   5678 /**
   5679  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
   5680  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
   5681  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
   5682  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
   5683  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
   5684  *
   5685  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
   5686  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
   5687  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
   5688  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
   5689  * by the kernel to userspace.
   5690  */
   5691 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
   5692 	__u32 max_patterns;
   5693 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
   5694 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
   5695 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
   5696 } __attribute__((packed));
   5697 
   5698 /* only for backward compatibility */
   5699 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
   5700 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
   5701 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
   5702 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
   5703 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
   5704 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
   5705 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
   5706 
   5707 /**
   5708  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
   5709  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
   5710  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
   5711  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
   5712  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
   5713  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
   5714  *	any others are even supported by the device.
   5715  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
   5716  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
   5717  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
   5718  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
   5719  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
   5720  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
   5721  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
   5722  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
   5723  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
   5724  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
   5725  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
   5726  *
   5727  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
   5728  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
   5729  *
   5730  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
   5731  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
   5732  *	to the kernel when configuring.
   5733  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
   5734  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
   5735  *	by the device (flag)
   5736  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
   5737  *	done by the device) (flag)
   5738  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
   5739  *	packet (flag)
   5740  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
   5741  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
   5742  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
   5743  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
   5744  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
   5745  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
   5746  *	attribute contains the original length.
   5747  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
   5748  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
   5749  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
   5750  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
   5751  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
   5752  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
   5753  *	contains the original length.
   5754  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
   5755  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
   5756  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
   5757  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
   5758  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
   5759  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
   5760  *	the TCP connection.
   5761  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
   5762  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
   5763  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
   5764  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
   5765  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
   5766  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
   5767  *	service
   5768  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
   5769  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
   5770  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
   5771  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
   5772  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
   5773  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
   5774  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
   5775  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
   5776  *	supported by the driver (u32).
   5777  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
   5778  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
   5779  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
   5780  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
   5781  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
   5782  *	occurred.
   5783  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
   5784  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
   5785  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
   5786  *	these attributes must be present.  If
   5787  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
   5788  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
   5789  *	channel.
   5790  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only.
   5791  *	Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP.
   5792  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
   5793  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
   5794  *
   5795  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
   5796  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
   5797  */
   5798 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
   5799 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
   5800 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
   5801 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
   5802 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
   5803 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
   5804 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
   5805 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
   5806 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
   5807 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
   5808 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
   5809 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
   5810 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
   5811 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
   5812 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
   5813 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
   5814 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
   5815 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
   5816 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
   5817 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
   5818 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
   5819 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC,
   5820 
   5821 	/* keep last */
   5822 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
   5823 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
   5824 };
   5825 
   5826 /**
   5827  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
   5828  *
   5829  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
   5830  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
   5831  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
   5832  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
   5833  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
   5834  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
   5835  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
   5836  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
   5837  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
   5838  *
   5839  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
   5840  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
   5841  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
   5842  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
   5843  * also woken up.
   5844  *
   5845  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
   5846  * response packets might not go through correctly.
   5847  */
   5848 
   5849 /**
   5850  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
   5851  * @start: starting value
   5852  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
   5853  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
   5854  *
   5855  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
   5856  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
   5857  * in little endian.
   5858  */
   5859 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
   5860 	__u32 start, offset, len;
   5861 };
   5862 
   5863 /**
   5864  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
   5865  * @offset: offset of token in packet
   5866  * @len: length of each token
   5867  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
   5868  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
   5869  */
   5870 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
   5871 	__u32 offset, len;
   5872 	__u8 token_stream[];
   5873 };
   5874 
   5875 /**
   5876  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
   5877  * @min_len: minimum token length
   5878  * @max_len: maximum token length
   5879  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
   5880  */
   5881 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
   5882 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
   5883 };
   5884 
   5885 /**
   5886  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
   5887  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
   5888  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
   5889  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
   5890  *	(in network byte order)
   5891  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
   5892  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
   5893  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
   5894  *	might require ARP querying.
   5895  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
   5896  *	socket and port will be allocated
   5897  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
   5898  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
   5899  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
   5900  *	of the data payload.
   5901  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
   5902  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
   5903  *	advertising it is just a flag
   5904  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
   5905  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
   5906  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
   5907  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
   5908  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
   5909  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
   5910  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
   5911  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
   5912  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
   5913  *	but on the TCP payload only.
   5914  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
   5915  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
   5916  */
   5917 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
   5918 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
   5919 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
   5920 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
   5921 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
   5922 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
   5923 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
   5924 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
   5925 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
   5926 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
   5927 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
   5928 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
   5929 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
   5930 
   5931 	/* keep last */
   5932 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
   5933 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
   5934 };
   5935 
   5936 /**
   5937  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
   5938  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
   5939  * @pat: packet pattern support information
   5940  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
   5941  *
   5942  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
   5943  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
   5944  */
   5945 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
   5946 	__u32 max_rules;
   5947 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
   5948 	__u32 max_delay;
   5949 } __attribute__((packed));
   5950 
   5951 /**
   5952  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
   5953  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
   5954  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
   5955  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
   5956  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
   5957  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
   5958  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
   5959  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
   5960  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
   5961  */
   5962 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
   5963 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
   5964 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
   5965 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
   5966 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
   5967 
   5968 	/* keep last */
   5969 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
   5970 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
   5971 };
   5972 
   5973 /**
   5974  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
   5975  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
   5976  *	in a rule are matched.
   5977  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
   5978  *	in a rule are not matched.
   5979  */
   5980 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
   5981 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
   5982 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
   5983 };
   5984 
   5985 /**
   5986  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
   5987  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
   5988  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
   5989  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
   5990  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
   5991  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
   5992  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
   5993  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
   5994  */
   5995 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
   5996 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
   5997 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
   5998 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
   5999 
   6000 	/* keep last */
   6001 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
   6002 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
   6003 };
   6004 
   6005 /**
   6006  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
   6007  *
   6008  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
   6009  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
   6010  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
   6011  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
   6012  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
   6013  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
   6014  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
   6015  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
   6016  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
   6017  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
   6018  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
   6019  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
   6020  *	different channels may be used within this group.
   6021  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
   6022  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
   6023  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
   6024  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
   6025  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
   6026  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
   6027  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
   6028  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
   6029  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
   6030  *
   6031  * Examples:
   6032  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
   6033  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
   6034  *
   6035  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
   6036  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
   6037  *
   6038  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
   6039  *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
   6040  *
   6041  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
   6042  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
   6043  *
   6044  * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
   6045  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
   6046  * that any of these groups must match.
   6047  *
   6048  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
   6049  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
   6050  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
   6051  * interface type, the following group always exists:
   6052  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
   6053  */
   6054 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
   6055 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
   6056 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
   6057 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
   6058 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
   6059 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
   6060 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
   6061 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
   6062 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
   6063 
   6064 	/* keep last */
   6065 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
   6066 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
   6067 };
   6068 
   6069 
   6070 /**
   6071  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
   6072  *
   6073  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
   6074  *	state of non-existent mesh peer links
   6075  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
   6076  *	this mesh peer
   6077  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
   6078  *	from this mesh peer
   6079  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
   6080  *	received from this mesh peer
   6081  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
   6082  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
   6083  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
   6084  *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
   6085  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
   6086  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
   6087  */
   6088 enum nl80211_plink_state {
   6089 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
   6090 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
   6091 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
   6092 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
   6093 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
   6094 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
   6095 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
   6096 
   6097 	/* keep last */
   6098 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
   6099 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
   6100 };
   6101 
   6102 /**
   6103  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
   6104  *
   6105  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
   6106  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
   6107  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
   6108  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
   6109  */
   6110 enum nl80211_plink_action {
   6111 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
   6112 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
   6113 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
   6114 
   6115 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
   6116 };
   6117 
   6118 
   6119 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
   6120 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
   6121 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
   6122 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
   6123 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32		32
   6124 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
   6125 
   6126 /**
   6127  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
   6128  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
   6129  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
   6130  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
   6131  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
   6132  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
   6133  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
   6134  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
   6135  */
   6136 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
   6137 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
   6138 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
   6139 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
   6140 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
   6141 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
   6142 
   6143 	/* keep last */
   6144 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
   6145 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
   6146 };
   6147 
   6148 /**
   6149  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
   6150  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
   6151  *	Beacon frames)
   6152  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
   6153  *	in Beacon frames
   6154  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
   6155  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
   6156  */
   6157 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
   6158 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
   6159 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
   6160 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
   6161 };
   6162 
   6163 /**
   6164  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
   6165  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
   6166  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
   6167  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
   6168  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
   6169  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
   6170  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
   6171  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
   6172  */
   6173 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
   6174 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
   6175 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
   6176 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
   6177 
   6178 	/* keep last */
   6179 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
   6180 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
   6181 };
   6182 
   6183 /**
   6184  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
   6185  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
   6186  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
   6187  *	priority)
   6188  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
   6189  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
   6190  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
   6191  *	(internal)
   6192  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
   6193  *	(internal)
   6194  */
   6195 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
   6196 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
   6197 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
   6198 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
   6199 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
   6200 
   6201 	/* keep last */
   6202 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
   6203 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
   6204 };
   6205 
   6206 /**
   6207  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
   6208  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
   6209  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
   6210  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
   6211  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
   6212  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
   6213  */
   6214 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
   6215 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
   6216 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
   6217 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
   6218 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
   6219 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
   6220 };
   6221 
   6222 /**
   6223  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
   6224  * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
   6225  *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
   6226  *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
   6227  */
   6228 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
   6229 	NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
   6230 };
   6231 
   6232 /**
   6233  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
   6234  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
   6235  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
   6236  *	socket option.
   6237  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
   6238  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
   6239  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
   6240  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
   6241  *	to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
   6242  *	cellular base stations.
   6243  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
   6244  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
   6245  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
   6246  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
   6247  *	mode
   6248  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
   6249  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
   6250  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
   6251  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
   6252  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
   6253  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
   6254  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
   6255  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
   6256  *	setting
   6257  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
   6258  *	powersave
   6259  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
   6260  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
   6261  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
   6262  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
   6263  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
   6264  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
   6265  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
   6266  *	states using station flags.
   6267  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
   6268  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
   6269  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
   6270  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
   6271  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
   6272  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
   6273  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
   6274  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
   6275  *	still generated by the driver.
   6276  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
   6277  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
   6278  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
   6279  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
   6280  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
   6281  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
   6282  *	lifetime of a BSS.
   6283  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
   6284  *	Set IE to probe requests.
   6285  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
   6286  *	to probe requests.
   6287  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
   6288  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
   6289  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
   6290  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
   6291  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
   6292  *	Measurement Report action frame.
   6293  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
   6294  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
   6295  *	to enable dynack.
   6296  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
   6297  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
   6298  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
   6299  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
   6300  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
   6301  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
   6302  *	rts/cts handshake.
   6303  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
   6304  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
   6305  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
   6306  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
   6307  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
   6308  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
   6309  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
   6310  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
   6311  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
   6312  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
   6313  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
   6314  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
   6315  *	address mask/value will be used.
   6316  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
   6317  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
   6318  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
   6319  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
   6320  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
   6321  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
   6322  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
   6323  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
   6324  */
   6325 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
   6326 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
   6327 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
   6328 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
   6329 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
   6330 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
   6331 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
   6332 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
   6333 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
   6334 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
   6335 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
   6336 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
   6337 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
   6338 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
   6339 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
   6340 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
   6341 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
   6342 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
   6343 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
   6344 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
   6345 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
   6346 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
   6347 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
   6348 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
   6349 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
   6350 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
   6351 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
   6352 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
   6353 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
   6354 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
   6355 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
   6356 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
   6357 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
   6358 };
   6359 
   6360 /**
   6361  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
   6362  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
   6363  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
   6364  *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
   6365  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
   6366  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
   6367  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
   6368  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
   6369  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
   6370  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
   6371  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
   6372  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
   6373  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
   6374  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
   6375  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
   6376  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
   6377  *	(if available).
   6378  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
   6379  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
   6380  *	time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
   6381  *	connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
   6382  *	of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
   6383  *	specified).
   6384  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
   6385  *	channel dwell time.
   6386  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
   6387  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
   6388  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
   6389  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
   6390  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
   6391  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
   6392  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
   6393  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
   6394  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
   6395  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
   6396  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
   6397  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
   6398  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
   6399  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
   6400  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
   6401  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
   6402  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
   6403  *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
   6404  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
   6405  *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
   6406  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
   6407  *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
   6408  *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
   6409  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
   6410  *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
   6411  *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
   6412  *	be supported.
   6413  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
   6414  *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
   6415  *	actual dwell time.
   6416  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
   6417  *	response
   6418  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
   6419  *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
   6420  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
   6421  *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
   6422  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
   6423  *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
   6424  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
   6425  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
   6426  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
   6427  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
   6428  *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
   6429  *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
   6430  *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
   6431  *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
   6432  *	"radar detected" event.
   6433  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
   6434  *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
   6435  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
   6436  *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
   6437  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID
   6438  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
   6439  *      TXQs.
   6440  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
   6441  *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
   6442  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
   6443  *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
   6444  *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
   6445  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
   6446  *	timing measurement responder role.
   6447  *
   6448  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
   6449  *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
   6450  *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
   6451  *      freeze the connection.
   6452  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
   6453  *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
   6454  *
   6455  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
   6456  *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
   6457  *	scheduling.
   6458  *
   6459  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
   6460  *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
   6461  *
   6462  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete
   6463  *
   6464  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
   6465  *	to a station.
   6466  *
   6467  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
   6468  *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
   6469  *
   6470  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
   6471  *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
   6472  *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
   6473  *
   6474  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
   6475  *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
   6476  *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
   6477  *
   6478  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
   6479  *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
   6480  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
   6481  *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
   6482  *
   6483  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
   6484  *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
   6485  *	handled as ordinary data frames.
   6486  *
   6487  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
   6488  *
   6489  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
   6490  *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
   6491  *
   6492  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
   6493  *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
   6494  *
   6495  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
   6496  *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
   6497  *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
   6498  *	included in the scan request.
   6499  *
   6500  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
   6501  *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
   6502  *
   6503  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
   6504  *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
   6505  *
   6506  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
   6507  *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
   6508  *	command).
   6509  *
   6510  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
   6511  *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
   6512  *
   6513  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
   6514  *	frames transmission
   6515  *
   6516  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
   6517  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
   6518  *
   6519  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
   6520  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
   6521  *
   6522  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
   6523  *      exchange protocol.
   6524  *
   6525  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
   6526  *      exchange protocol.
   6527  *
   6528  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
   6529  *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
   6530  *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
   6531  *
   6532  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
   6533  *	detection and change announcemnts.
   6534  *
   6535  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
   6536  *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
   6537  *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
   6538  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
   6539  *
   6540  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
   6541  *	detection.
   6542  *
   6543  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
   6544  *	change without having to bring the underlying network device down
   6545  *	first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
   6546  *	origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
   6547  *	or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
   6548  *	might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
   6549  *	in progress, and no active connections.
   6550  *
   6551  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
   6552  *
   6553  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
   6554  *	authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
   6555  *
   6556  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
   6557  *	in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
   6558  *	using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
   6559  *
   6560  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
   6561  *	handling in station mode.
   6562  *
   6563  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
   6564  *	handling in AP mode.
   6565  *
   6566  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
   6567  *	ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
   6568  *	DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
   6569  *	(Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
   6570  *	operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
   6571  *
   6572  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP
   6573  *	(signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised
   6574  *	in the RSNXE.
   6575  *
   6576  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
   6577  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
   6578  */
   6579 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
   6580 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
   6581 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
   6582 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
   6583 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
   6584 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
   6585 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
   6586 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
   6587 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
   6588 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
   6589 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
   6590 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
   6591 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
   6592 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
   6593 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
   6594 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
   6595 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
   6596 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
   6597 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
   6598 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
   6599 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
   6600 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
   6601 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
   6602 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
   6603 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
   6604 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
   6605 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
   6606 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
   6607 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
   6608 	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
   6609 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
   6610 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
   6611 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
   6612 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
   6613 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
   6614 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
   6615 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
   6616 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
   6617 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */
   6618 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
   6619 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
   6620 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
   6621 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
   6622 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
   6623 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
   6624 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
   6625 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
   6626 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
   6627 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
   6628 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
   6629 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
   6630 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
   6631 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
   6632 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
   6633 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
   6634 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
   6635 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
   6636 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
   6637 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
   6638 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
   6639 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
   6640 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
   6641 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
   6642 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
   6643 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
   6644 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
   6645 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
   6646 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
   6647 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
   6648 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
   6649 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT,
   6650 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT,
   6651 
   6652 	/* add new features before the definition below */
   6653 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
   6654 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
   6655 };
   6656 
   6657 /**
   6658  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
   6659  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
   6660  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
   6661  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
   6662  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
   6663  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
   6664  *	to the host.
   6665  *
   6666  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
   6667  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
   6668  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
   6669  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
   6670  */
   6671 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
   6672 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
   6673 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
   6674 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
   6675 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
   6676 };
   6677 
   6678 /**
   6679  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
   6680  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
   6681  *	handled by the AP is reached.
   6682  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
   6683  */
   6684 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
   6685 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
   6686 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
   6687 };
   6688 
   6689 /**
   6690  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
   6691  *
   6692  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
   6693  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
   6694  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
   6695  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
   6696  */
   6697 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
   6698 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
   6699 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
   6700 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
   6701 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
   6702 };
   6703 
   6704 /**
   6705  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
   6706  *
   6707  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
   6708  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
   6709  * requests.
   6710  *
   6711  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
   6712  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
   6713  * one of them can be used in the request.
   6714  *
   6715  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
   6716  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
   6717  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
   6718  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
   6719  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
   6720  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
   6721  *	when really needed
   6722  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
   6723  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
   6724  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
   6725  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
   6726  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
   6727  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
   6728  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
   6729  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
   6730  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
   6731  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
   6732  *	request parameters IE in the probe request
   6733  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
   6734  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
   6735  *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
   6736  *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
   6737  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
   6738  *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
   6739  *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
   6740  *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
   6741  *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
   6742  *	SSID and/or RSSI.
   6743  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
   6744  *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
   6745  *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
   6746  *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
   6747  *	impacted with this flag.
   6748  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
   6749  *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
   6750  *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
   6751  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
   6752  *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
   6753  *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
   6754  *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
   6755  *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
   6756  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
   6757  *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
   6758  *	possible.
   6759  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
   6760  *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
   6761  *	added by userspace explicitly.)
   6762  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
   6763  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
   6764  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
   6765  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
   6766  *	2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
   6767  *	information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
   6768  *	received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
   6769  *	channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
   6770  *	the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
   6771  *	probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
   6772  *	these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
   6773  *	is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
   6774  *	scanned if the user space has asked for it.
   6775  */
   6776 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
   6777 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
   6778 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
   6779 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
   6780 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
   6781 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
   6782 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
   6783 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
   6784 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
   6785 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
   6786 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
   6787 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
   6788 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
   6789 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
   6790 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
   6791 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
   6792 };
   6793 
   6794 /**
   6795  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
   6796  *
   6797  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
   6798  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
   6799  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
   6800  *
   6801  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
   6802  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
   6803  *	in ACL to authenticate.
   6804  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
   6805  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
   6806  */
   6807 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
   6808 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
   6809 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
   6810 };
   6811 
   6812 /**
   6813  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
   6814  *
   6815  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
   6816  *
   6817  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
   6818  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
   6819  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
   6820  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
   6821  * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal
   6822  * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration
   6823  */
   6824 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
   6825 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
   6826 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
   6827 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
   6828 
   6829 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
   6830 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
   6831 };
   6832 
   6833 /**
   6834  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
   6835  *
   6836  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
   6837  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
   6838  *
   6839  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
   6840  *	now unusable.
   6841  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
   6842  *	the channel is now available.
   6843  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
   6844  *	change to the channel status.
   6845  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
   6846  *	over, channel becomes usable.
   6847  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
   6848  *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
   6849  *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
   6850  *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
   6851  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
   6852  *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
   6853  */
   6854 enum nl80211_radar_event {
   6855 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
   6856 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
   6857 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
   6858 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
   6859 	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
   6860 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
   6861 };
   6862 
   6863 /**
   6864  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
   6865  *
   6866  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
   6867  *
   6868  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
   6869  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
   6870  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
   6871  *	is therefore marked as not available.
   6872  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
   6873  */
   6874 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
   6875 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
   6876 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
   6877 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
   6878 };
   6879 
   6880 /**
   6881  * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
   6882  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
   6883  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
   6884  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
   6885  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
   6886  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
   6887  */
   6888 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
   6889 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
   6890 };
   6891 
   6892 /**
   6893  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
   6894  *
   6895  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
   6896  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
   6897  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
   6898  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
   6899  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
   6900  */
   6901 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
   6902 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
   6903 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
   6904 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
   6905 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
   6906 	/* add other protocols before this one */
   6907 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
   6908 };
   6909 
   6910 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
   6911 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
   6912 
   6913 /**
   6914  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
   6915  *
   6916  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
   6917  *
   6918  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
   6919  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
   6920  *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
   6921  *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
   6922  *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
   6923  */
   6924 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
   6925 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
   6926 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
   6927 };
   6928 
   6929 /*
   6930  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
   6931  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
   6932  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
   6933  */
   6934 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
   6935 
   6936 /**
   6937  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
   6938  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
   6939  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
   6940  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
   6941  *	added to this file when needed.
   6942  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
   6943  */
   6944 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
   6945 	__u32 vendor_id;
   6946 	__u32 subcmd;
   6947 };
   6948 
   6949 /**
   6950  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
   6951  *
   6952  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
   6953  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
   6954  *
   6955  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
   6956  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
   6957  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
   6958  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
   6959  */
   6960 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
   6961 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
   6962 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
   6963 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
   6964 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
   6965 };
   6966 
   6967 /**
   6968  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
   6969  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   6970  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
   6971  *	seconds (u32).
   6972  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
   6973  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
   6974  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
   6975  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
   6976  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
   6977  *	currently defined
   6978  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   6979  */
   6980 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
   6981 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
   6982 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
   6983 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
   6984 
   6985 	/* keep last */
   6986 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
   6987 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
   6988 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
   6989 };
   6990 
   6991 /**
   6992  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
   6993  *
   6994  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
   6995  *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
   6996  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
   6997  */
   6998 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
   6999 	__u8 band;
   7000 	__s8 delta;
   7001 } __attribute__((packed));
   7002 
   7003 /**
   7004  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
   7005  *
   7006  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
   7007  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
   7008  *	is requested.
   7009  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
   7010  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
   7011  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
   7012  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
   7013  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
   7014  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
   7015  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
   7016  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
   7017  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
   7018  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
   7019  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
   7020  *
   7021  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
   7022  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
   7023  * which the driver shall use.
   7024  */
   7025 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
   7026 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
   7027 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
   7028 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
   7029 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
   7030 
   7031 	/* keep last */
   7032 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
   7033 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
   7034 };
   7035 
   7036 /**
   7037  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
   7038  *
   7039  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
   7040  *
   7041  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
   7042  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
   7043  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
   7044  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use
   7045  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use
   7046  */
   7047 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
   7048 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
   7049 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
   7050 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
   7051 
   7052 	/* keep last */
   7053 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
   7054 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
   7055 };
   7056 
   7057 /**
   7058  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
   7059  *
   7060  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
   7061  *
   7062  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
   7063  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
   7064  */
   7065 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
   7066 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
   7067 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
   7068 };
   7069 
   7070 /**
   7071  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
   7072  *
   7073  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
   7074  *
   7075  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
   7076  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
   7077  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
   7078  */
   7079 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
   7080 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
   7081 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
   7082 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
   7083 };
   7084 
   7085 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
   7086 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
   7087 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
   7088 
   7089 /**
   7090  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
   7091  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
   7092  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
   7093  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
   7094  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
   7095  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
   7096  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
   7097  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
   7098  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
   7099  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
   7100  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
   7101  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
   7102  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
   7103  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
   7104  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
   7105  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
   7106  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
   7107  *	The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
   7108  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
   7109  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
   7110  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
   7111  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
   7112  *	This is a flag.
   7113  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
   7114  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
   7115  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
   7116  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
   7117  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
   7118  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
   7119  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
   7120  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
   7121  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
   7122  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
   7123  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
   7124  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
   7125  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
   7126  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
   7127  *
   7128  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
   7129  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
   7130  */
   7131 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
   7132 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
   7133 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
   7134 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
   7135 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
   7136 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
   7137 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
   7138 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
   7139 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
   7140 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
   7141 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
   7142 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
   7143 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
   7144 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
   7145 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
   7146 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
   7147 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
   7148 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
   7149 
   7150 	/* keep last */
   7151 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
   7152 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
   7153 };
   7154 
   7155 /**
   7156  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
   7157  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
   7158  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
   7159  *	This is a flag.
   7160  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
   7161  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
   7162  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
   7163  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
   7164  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
   7165  *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
   7166  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
   7167  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
   7168  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
   7169  */
   7170 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
   7171 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
   7172 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
   7173 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
   7174 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
   7175 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
   7176 
   7177 	/* keep last */
   7178 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
   7179 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
   7180 };
   7181 
   7182 /**
   7183  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
   7184  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
   7185  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
   7186  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
   7187  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
   7188  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
   7189  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
   7190  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
   7191  *
   7192  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
   7193  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
   7194  */
   7195 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
   7196 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
   7197 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
   7198 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
   7199 
   7200 	/* keep last */
   7201 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
   7202 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
   7203 };
   7204 
   7205 /**
   7206  * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
   7207  *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
   7208  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
   7209  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
   7210  */
   7211 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
   7212 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
   7213 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
   7214 };
   7215 
   7216 /**
   7217  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
   7218  *	responder attributes
   7219  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7220  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
   7221  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
   7222  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
   7223  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
   7224  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element
   7225  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
   7226  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
   7227  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7228  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
   7229  */
   7230 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
   7231 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
   7232 
   7233 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
   7234 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
   7235 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
   7236 
   7237 	/* keep last */
   7238 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
   7239 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7240 };
   7241 
   7242 /*
   7243  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
   7244  *
   7245  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
   7246  * when getting FTM responder statistics.
   7247  *
   7248  * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
   7249  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
   7250  *	were ssfully answered (u32)
   7251  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
   7252  *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
   7253  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
   7254  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
   7255  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
   7256  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
   7257  *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
   7258  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
   7259  *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
   7260  *	phase with the responder (u32)
   7261  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
   7262  *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
   7263  *	FTM slot (u32)
   7264  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
   7265  *	scheduled window (u32)
   7266  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
   7267  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
   7268  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
   7269  */
   7270 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
   7271 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
   7272 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
   7273 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
   7274 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
   7275 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
   7276 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
   7277 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
   7278 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
   7279 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
   7280 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
   7281 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
   7282 
   7283 	/* keep last */
   7284 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
   7285 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
   7286 };
   7287 
   7288 /**
   7289  * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
   7290  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
   7291  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
   7292  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
   7293  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
   7294  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
   7295  */
   7296 enum nl80211_preamble {
   7297 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
   7298 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
   7299 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
   7300 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
   7301 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
   7302 };
   7303 
   7304 /**
   7305  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
   7306  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
   7307  *	these numbers also for attributes
   7308  *
   7309  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
   7310  *
   7311  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
   7312  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
   7313  */
   7314 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
   7315 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
   7316 
   7317 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
   7318 
   7319 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
   7320 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
   7321 };
   7322 
   7323 /**
   7324  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
   7325  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
   7326  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
   7327  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
   7328  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
   7329  *	reason may be available in the response data
   7330  */
   7331 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
   7332 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
   7333 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
   7334 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
   7335 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
   7336 };
   7337 
   7338 /**
   7339  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
   7340  * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7341  *
   7342  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
   7343  *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
   7344  *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
   7345  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
   7346  *	(flag attribute)
   7347  *
   7348  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
   7349  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7350  */
   7351 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
   7352 	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
   7353 
   7354 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
   7355 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
   7356 
   7357 	/* keep last */
   7358 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
   7359 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
   7360 };
   7361 
   7362 /**
   7363  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
   7364  * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7365  *
   7366  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
   7367  *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
   7368  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
   7369  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
   7370  *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
   7371  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
   7372  *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
   7373  *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
   7374  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
   7375  *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
   7376  *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
   7377  *	(u64, usec)
   7378  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
   7379  *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
   7380  *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
   7381  *	result.
   7382  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
   7383  *
   7384  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
   7385  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7386  */
   7387 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
   7388 	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
   7389 
   7390 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
   7391 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
   7392 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
   7393 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
   7394 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
   7395 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
   7396 
   7397 	/* keep last */
   7398 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
   7399 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
   7400 };
   7401 
   7402 /**
   7403  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
   7404  * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7405  *
   7406  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
   7407  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
   7408  *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
   7409  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
   7410  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
   7411  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
   7412  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
   7413  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
   7414  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
   7415  *
   7416  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
   7417  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7418  */
   7419 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
   7420 	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
   7421 
   7422 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
   7423 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
   7424 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
   7425 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
   7426 
   7427 	/* keep last */
   7428 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
   7429 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
   7430 };
   7431 
   7432 /**
   7433  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
   7434  * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7435  *
   7436  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
   7437  *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
   7438  *	measurements can be done with in a single request
   7439  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
   7440  *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
   7441  *	measurement results
   7442  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
   7443  *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
   7444  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
   7445  *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
   7446  *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
   7447  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
   7448  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
   7449  *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
   7450  *	sub-attributes taken from
   7451  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
   7452  *
   7453  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
   7454  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7455  */
   7456 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
   7457 	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
   7458 
   7459 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
   7460 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
   7461 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
   7462 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
   7463 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
   7464 
   7465 	/* keep last */
   7466 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
   7467 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
   7468 };
   7469 
   7470 /**
   7471  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
   7472  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7473  *
   7474  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
   7475  *	is supported
   7476  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
   7477  *	mode is supported
   7478  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
   7479  *	data can be requested during the measurement
   7480  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
   7481  *	location data can be requested during the measurement
   7482  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
   7483  *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
   7484  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
   7485  *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
   7486  *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
   7487  *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
   7488  *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
   7489  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
   7490  *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
   7491  *	is valid)
   7492  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
   7493  *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
   7494  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
   7495  *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
   7496  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
   7497  *	if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
   7498  *
   7499  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
   7500  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7501  */
   7502 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
   7503 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
   7504 
   7505 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
   7506 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
   7507 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
   7508 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
   7509 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
   7510 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
   7511 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
   7512 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
   7513 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
   7514 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
   7515 
   7516 	/* keep last */
   7517 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
   7518 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
   7519 };
   7520 
   7521 /**
   7522  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
   7523  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7524  *
   7525  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
   7526  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
   7527  *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
   7528  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
   7529  *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
   7530  *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
   7531  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
   7532  *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
   7533  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
   7534  *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
   7535  *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
   7536  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
   7537  *	requested per burst
   7538  *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
   7539  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
   7540  *	(u8, default 3)
   7541  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
   7542  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
   7543  *	(flag)
   7544  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
   7545  *	measurement (flag).
   7546  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
   7547  *	mutually exclusive.
   7548  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
   7549  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
   7550  *	ranging will be used.
   7551  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
   7552  *	ranging measurement (flag)
   7553  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
   7554  *	mutually exclusive.
   7555  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
   7556  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
   7557  *	ranging will be used.
   7558  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
   7559  *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
   7560  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
   7561  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
   7562  *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
   7563  *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
   7564  *
   7565  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
   7566  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7567  */
   7568 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
   7569 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
   7570 
   7571 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
   7572 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
   7573 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
   7574 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
   7575 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
   7576 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
   7577 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
   7578 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
   7579 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
   7580 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
   7581 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
   7582 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
   7583 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
   7584 
   7585 	/* keep last */
   7586 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
   7587 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
   7588 };
   7589 
   7590 /**
   7591  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
   7592  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
   7593  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
   7594  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
   7595  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
   7596  *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
   7597  *	try and get no response)
   7598  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
   7599  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
   7600  *	received
   7601  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
   7602  *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
   7603  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
   7604  *	by the peer and are no longer supported
   7605  */
   7606 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
   7607 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
   7608 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
   7609 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
   7610 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
   7611 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
   7612 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
   7613 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
   7614 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
   7615 };
   7616 
   7617 /**
   7618  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
   7619  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
   7620  *
   7621  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
   7622  *	(u32, optional)
   7623  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
   7624  *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
   7625  *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
   7626  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
   7627  *	transmitted (u32, optional)
   7628  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
   7629  *	that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
   7630  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
   7631  *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
   7632  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
   7633  *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
   7634  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
   7635  *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
   7636  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
   7637  *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
   7638  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
   7639  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
   7640  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
   7641  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
   7642  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
   7643  *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
   7644  *	attributes)
   7645  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
   7646  *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
   7647  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
   7648  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
   7649  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
   7650  *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
   7651  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
   7652  *	optional)
   7653  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
   7654  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
   7655  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
   7656  *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
   7657  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
   7658  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
   7659  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
   7660  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
   7661  *	Type 8.
   7662  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
   7663  *	(binary, optional);
   7664  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
   7665  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
   7666  *	Type 11.
   7667  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
   7668  *
   7669  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
   7670  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
   7671  */
   7672 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
   7673 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
   7674 
   7675 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
   7676 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
   7677 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
   7678 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
   7679 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
   7680 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
   7681 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
   7682 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
   7683 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
   7684 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
   7685 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
   7686 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
   7687 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
   7688 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
   7689 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
   7690 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
   7691 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
   7692 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
   7693 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
   7694 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
   7695 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
   7696 
   7697 	/* keep last */
   7698 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
   7699 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
   7700 };
   7701 
   7702 /**
   7703  * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
   7704  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7705  *
   7706  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
   7707  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
   7708  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
   7709  *	tx power offset.
   7710  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
   7711  *	values used by members of the SRG.
   7712  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
   7713  *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
   7714  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
   7715  *
   7716  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7717  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
   7718  */
   7719 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
   7720 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
   7721 
   7722 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
   7723 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
   7724 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
   7725 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
   7726 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
   7727 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
   7728 
   7729 	/* keep last */
   7730 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
   7731 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7732 };
   7733 
   7734 /**
   7735  * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
   7736  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7737  *
   7738  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
   7739  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
   7740  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
   7741  *
   7742  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7743  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
   7744  */
   7745 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
   7746 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
   7747 
   7748 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
   7749 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
   7750 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
   7751 
   7752 	/* keep last */
   7753 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
   7754 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7755 };
   7756 
   7757 /**
   7758  * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
   7759  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7760  *
   7761  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
   7762  *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
   7763  *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
   7764  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
   7765  *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
   7766  *
   7767  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7768  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
   7769  */
   7770 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
   7771 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
   7772 
   7773 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
   7774 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
   7775 
   7776 	/* keep last */
   7777 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
   7778 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7779 };
   7780 
   7781 /**
   7782  * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
   7783  * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
   7784  *
   7785  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7786  *
   7787  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
   7788  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
   7789  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
   7790  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
   7791  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
   7792  *	frame including the headers.
   7793  *
   7794  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7795  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
   7796  */
   7797 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
   7798 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
   7799 
   7800 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
   7801 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
   7802 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
   7803 
   7804 	/* keep last */
   7805 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
   7806 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
   7807 };
   7808 
   7809 /*
   7810  * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
   7811  * mandatory fields.
   7812  */
   7813 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
   7814 
   7815 /**
   7816  * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
   7817  *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
   7818  *
   7819  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7820  *
   7821  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
   7822  *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
   7823  *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
   7824  *	disabled.
   7825  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
   7826  *	frame template (binary).
   7827  *
   7828  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7829  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
   7830  */
   7831 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
   7832 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
   7833 
   7834 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
   7835 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
   7836 
   7837 	/* keep last */
   7838 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
   7839 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
   7840 		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
   7841 };
   7842 
   7843 /**
   7844  * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
   7845  *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
   7846  *	used.
   7847  *
   7848  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
   7849  *	attribute is not present from userspace.
   7850  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
   7851  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
   7852  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
   7853  *	can be used.
   7854  */
   7855 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
   7856 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
   7857 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
   7858 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
   7859 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
   7860 };
   7861 
   7862 /**
   7863  * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
   7864  *
   7865  * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
   7866  *
   7867  * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal
   7868  */
   7869 enum nl80211_sar_type {
   7870 	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
   7871 
   7872 	/* add new type here */
   7873 
   7874 	/* Keep last */
   7875 	NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
   7876 };
   7877 
   7878 /**
   7879  * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
   7880  *
   7881  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7882  *
   7883  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
   7884  *
   7885  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
   7886  *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
   7887  *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
   7888  *
   7889  *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
   7890  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
   7891  *
   7892  *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
   7893  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
   7894  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
   7895  *
   7896  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7897  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
   7898  *
   7899  * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
   7900  */
   7901 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
   7902 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
   7903 
   7904 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
   7905 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
   7906 
   7907 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
   7908 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   7909 };
   7910 
   7911 /**
   7912  * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
   7913  *
   7914  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid
   7915  *
   7916  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
   7917  *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
   7918  *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
   7919  *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
   7920  *
   7921  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
   7922  *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
   7923  *	is applied to this range.
   7924  *
   7925  *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
   7926  *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
   7927  *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
   7928  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
   7929  *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
   7930  *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
   7931  *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
   7932  *
   7933  *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
   7934  *
   7935  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
   7936  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
   7937  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
   7938  *
   7939  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
   7940  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
   7941  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
   7942  *
   7943  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
   7944  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
   7945  */
   7946 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
   7947 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
   7948 
   7949 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
   7950 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
   7951 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
   7952 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
   7953 
   7954 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
   7955 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
   7956 };
   7957 
   7958 /**
   7959  * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
   7960  * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
   7961  * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
   7962  * MBSSID and EMA.
   7963  * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
   7964  * features.
   7965  *
   7966  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   7967  *
   7968  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
   7969  *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
   7970  *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
   7971  *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
   7972  *
   7973  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
   7974  *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
   7975  *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
   7976  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
   7977  *	a non-zero value.
   7978  *
   7979  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
   7980  *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
   7981  *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
   7982  *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
   7983  *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
   7984  *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
   7985  *
   7986  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
   7987  *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
   7988  *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
   7989  *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
   7990  *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
   7991  *	the interface index of the same.
   7992  *
   7993  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
   7994  *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
   7995  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
   7996  *
   7997  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   7998  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
   7999  */
   8000 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
   8001 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
   8002 
   8003 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
   8004 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
   8005 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
   8006 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
   8007 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
   8008 
   8009 	/* keep last */
   8010 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
   8011 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   8012 };
   8013 
   8014 /**
   8015  * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
   8016  *
   8017  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
   8018  *	authentication.
   8019  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
   8020  *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
   8021  *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
   8022  *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
   8023  *	userspace.
   8024  */
   8025 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
   8026 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
   8027 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
   8028 };
   8029 
   8030 /**
   8031  * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes
   8032  *
   8033  * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   8034  *
   8035  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32)
   8036  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this
   8037  *	radio. Attribute may be present multiple times.
   8038  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface
   8039  *	combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times
   8040  *	and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
   8041  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas
   8042  *	connected to this radio.
   8043  *
   8044  * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   8045  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
   8046  */
   8047 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs {
   8048 	__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID,
   8049 
   8050 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX,
   8051 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE,
   8052 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION,
   8053 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK,
   8054 
   8055 	/* keep last */
   8056 	__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST,
   8057 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   8058 };
   8059 
   8060 /**
   8061  * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range
   8062  *
   8063  * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
   8064  *
   8065  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32).
   8066  *	The unit is kHz.
   8067  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32).
   8068  *	The unit is kHz.
   8069  *
   8070  * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal
   8071  * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
   8072  */
   8073 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range {
   8074 	__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID,
   8075 
   8076 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START,
   8077 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END,
   8078 
   8079 	__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST,
   8080 	NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1,
   8081 };
   8082 
   8083 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */